GULF ISLAND FABRICATION INC
S-1, 1997-02-14
Previous: LDM TECHNOLOGIES INC, S-4, 1997-02-14
Next: HARTFORD LIFE INC, 10-12B, 1997-02-14



 As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 1997.
                                            Registration No. 333-__________

                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                          Washington, D.C. 20549

                                 FORM S-1
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                   UNDER
                        THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                       GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.
          (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
    
    Louisiana                  3441                 72-1147390
(State or other     (Primary Standard Industrial I.R.S. Employer
 jurisdiction of     Classification Code Number) Identification No.)
 incorporation
                        583 Thompson Road               
                     Houma, Louisiana  70363
                         (504) 872-2100
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
        including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

                        Kerry J. Chauvin                
              President and Chief Executive Officer     
                  Gulf Island Fabrication, Inc.         
                        583 Thompson Road               
                     Houma, Louisiana 70363
                         (504) 872-2100
        (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
           including area code, of agent for service)

                           Copies to:
Carl C. Hanemann                                Thomas P. Mason
Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent,          Andrews & Kurth L.L.P.
Carrere & Denegre, L.L.P.                  4200 Texas Commerce Tower
201 St. Charles Avenue                      600 Travis, Suite 4200
New Orleans, Louisiana  70170                Houston, Texas  77002
 (504) 582-8000                                 (713) 220-4200

                       __________________________

       Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
 As  soon  as  practicable  after  this  Registration  Statement becomes
effective.
                       __________________________

       If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities Act
of 1933, check the following box.  / /
       If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and  list  the  Securities  Act registration  statement  number  of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  /  /
       If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under  the  Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement  number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  /  /
       If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to  be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. /  /

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
=================================================================================================
  Title of each class of                      Proposed      Proposed           
     securities to be        Amount to be   maximum price  maximum aggregate       Amount of
        registered          registered<F1>   per share<F2>  offering price<F2>  registration fee
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                          <C>              <C>            <C>                 <C>               
Common Stock, no par 
  value per share            2,300,000 Shares $ 16.00        $ 36,800,000        $ 11,152
=================================================================================================
<FN>
<F1>    Includes  300,000  shares  which  the  Underwriters have  the  option  to
       purchase to cover over-allotments.
<F2>   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
</FN>
</TABLE>
       
       The Registrant hereby amends this Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file  a  further  amendment  which  specifically states that  this  Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective  in  accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act  of 1933, as amended, or until the  Registration  Statement
shall become effective  on  such  date  as  the  Commission,  acting pursuant to
Section 8(a), may determine.

<PAGE>


               Photograph 1:  Aerial view of the Company's main and west yards.

               Photograph 2:  Platform fabricated at the Company's facilities.

               Photograph 3:  Large jacket in the construction process.

               Photograph 4:  Deck under construction at Company's facility.

               Photograph 5:  Artist's rendition of a tension leg platform.


                               ________________


      IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE  UNDERWRITERS  MAY OVERALLOT
OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET  PRICE  OF
THE  COMMON STOCK AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE OPEN  MARKET.   SUCH  TRANSACTIONS  MAY  BE  EFFECTED  IN THE NASDAQ
NATIONAL  MARKET OR OTHERWISE.  SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED,  MAY  BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

<PAGE>

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD
NOR MAY OFFCERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION 
STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR 
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

                Subject to Completion, Dated February 14, 1997

                           2,000,000 Shares

[Logo]               GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.

                            Common Stock

            All of the shares of common stock,  no  par  value per share
(the "Common Stock"), of Gulf Island Fabrication, Inc. ("Gulf Island" or
the "Company") offered hereby are being sold by the Company.   Prior  to
this  offering (the "Offering"), there has been no public market for the
Common  Stock.   It  is  currently  estimated  that  the  initial public
offering  price per share will be between $________ and $________.   See
"Underwriting"  for information relating to the factors to be considered
in determining the initial public offering price.

            Application  has  been  made to list the Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "GIFI."

          See "Risk Factors" beginning  on  page  ____ for a
discussion  of certain factors that should be considered  in
connection with  an  investment  in the Common Stock offered
hereby.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS
     THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
        COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
            PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
                         IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

===========================================================================
                                     Price     Underwriting Proceeds to
                                   to Public   Discount<F1>  Company<F2>
___________________________________________________________________________
Per Share                          $            $            $
___________________________________________________________________________
Total<F3>                          $            $            $
===========================================================================

<F1>      The Company has agreed to  indemnify  the several Underwriters
          against certain liabilities, including  liabilities  under the
          Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  See "Underwriting."
<F2>      Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated  at
          $__________.
<F3>      The  Company has granted to the several Underwriters an option
          for 30  days to purchase up to an additional 300,000 shares of
          Common  Stock  at  the  Price  to  Public,  less  Underwriting
          Discount,  solely  to  cover over-allotments, if any.  If such
          option is exercised in full, the Price to Public, Underwriting
          Discount and Proceeds to  Company  will  be $_____, $_____ and
          $_____, respectively.  See "Underwriting."



          The  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  offered  by  the  several
Underwriters,  subject  to  prior  sale, when, as and if issued  to  and
accepted  by  them,  and  subject  to  certain  other  conditions.   The
Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw,  cancel or modify such offer
and to reject orders in whole or in part.  It  is expected that delivery
of the shares of Common Stock will be made on or about ________________,
1997.
                             ____________________


         MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.

                             RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.

                                             JOHNSON RICE & COMPANY L.L.C.



                The date of this Prospectus is _______, 1997.

<PAGE>


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      The following  summary  is  qualified  in its entirety by the more
detailed  information and financial statements  and  the  notes  thereto
included elsewhere  in this Prospectus.  Unless otherwise indicated, the
information in this Prospectus  assumes  that  the  Underwriters'  over-
allotment  option  will  not  be exercised.  Certain technical terms are
defined  in  the  "Glossary  of  Certain   Technical   Terms"  appearing
immediately before the Index to Financial Statements.  As  used  herein,
unless  the  context  requires  otherwise,  the "Company" refers to Gulf
Island Fabrication, Inc., its predecessor and subsidiaries.

                                  The Company

      Gulf  Island  is  a leading fabricator of  offshore  drilling  and
production  platforms and  other  specialized  structures  used  in  the
development and production of offshore oil and gas reserves.  Structures
and equipment  fabricated  by  the  Company  include  jackets  and  deck
sections  of  fixed  production  platforms,  hull  and  deck sections of
floating  production  platforms (such as tension-leg platforms),  piles,
wellhead protectors, subsea templates and various production, compressor
and utility modules.  The  Company  believes  it  is  one  of only three
domestic companies capable of fabricating offshore production  platforms
for  installation  in water depths greater than 300 feet.  The Company's
focus on controlling costs and providing high quality, reliable products
and services has enabled it to be profitable for each year since 1988.

      Demand for the  Company's  products  and  services are primarily a
function of the level of offshore oil and gas activity  in the U.S. Gulf
of Mexico (the "Gulf of Mexico") and, to a lesser extent, offshore areas
in   West   Africa  and  Latin  America.   Over  the  past  four  years,
improvements  in  seismic and drilling technology, production techniques
and oil and gas prices have resulted in more intensive drilling activity
in and around mature  oil  and gas fields located in shallow water areas
as well as increased exploration  of  deepwater  areas  of  the  Gulf of
Mexico.   The  number  of  active  drilling  rigs  in the Gulf of Mexico
increased from less than 60 in May of 1992 to more than  150  at the end
of 1996.

      Due  to  the time required to drill an exploratory offshore  well,
formulate a comprehensive  development  plan  and  design a drilling and
production platform, the fabrication and installation  of such platforms
usually lag exploratory drilling by one to three years.   As  a  result,
the  higher levels of drilling activity in the Gulf of Mexico have  only
recently  impacted the demand for the Company's products.  The Company's
revenue, cash flow and backlog improved moderately in 1995, but improved
significantly  in 1996.  Revenue in 1996 increased 24% to $79.0 million,
and  earnings before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization
("EBITDA")  increased  172% to $9.3 million, in each case as compared to
1995.  The Company's backlog  at  December 31, 1996 was $87.1 million as
compared to $22.0 million at the end  of  1995.   At  March 1, 1997, the
Company's backlog was $____ million.

      The Company was founded in 1985 by a group of investors  including
Alden  J.  Laborde  and Huey J. Wilson and began operations at its  main
fabrication yard on the  Houma  Navigation  Canal in southern Louisiana,
approximately  30  miles  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.    The  Company's
facilities  are  located on 577 acres, of which 230 acres are  currently
developed  for fabrication  activities  with  347  acres  available  for
expansion.   These  facilities  allow  the  Company to build jackets for
fixed production platforms for use in water depths up to 800 feet and in
certain cases, depending on the design and weight of the jacket, for use
in  water  depths  greater  than 800 feet.  The Company  is  capable  of
constructing deck sections for  fixed  or  floating production platforms
for use in unlimited water depths.  In addition,  the Company is able to
build certain hull sections of tension-leg platforms, typically for use
in water depths greater than 1,000 feet.

                        Acquisition of Dolphin Services

      On  January  2,  1997,  the Company completed the  acquisition  of
Dolphin Services, Inc. and related  companies  ("Dolphin  Services") for
approximately   $5.9   million  (the  "Dolphin  Acquisition").   Dolphin
Services  performs  offshore   and   inshore   fabrication   and   other
construction services for the oil and gas industry in the Gulf of Mexico
and  generated  $27.0  million in revenue and $2.7 million in EBITDA for
the year ended December  31,  1996.   Dolphin Services'  facility   is
located a quarter of a mile from the Company's  main  yard.   Management
believes that the Dolphin Acquisition allows for more efficient  use  of
both  companies' facilities, equipment and personnel.  With the addition
of the  360  employees  of  Dolphin  Services,  the  Company's  combined
workforce  is  currently  approximately  930 employees.  The acquisition
provides  an  entrance  for the Company into  new  market  segments,  in
particular  offshore  interconnect   piping   hook-up,   inshore  marine
construction and steel warehousing and sales, which allows  the  Company
to provide a more integrated array of services to its customers.

                                Growth Strategy

      The  Company's  growth  strategy  is to capitalize on the positive
trends  and  opportunities  in the marine fabrication  and  construction
industry. Key elements of this strategy are to:

*   Increase  Production  Capacity.   In  order  to  capitalize  on  the
    increased demand for its fabrication services, the Company is taking
    actions to increase the production capacity of its fabrication yards
    by (i) purchasing additional  equipment, (ii) upgrading its existing
    buildings and equipment and (iii) increasing the size and capability
    of its workforce.  In 1996, the  Company  spent  approximately  $5.9
    million  to  purchase  equipment and modify its fabrication yards in
    order to increase capacity  and  improve  productivity.  The Company
    anticipates that it will spend approximately $15 million during 1997
    and  1998  for additional capital improvements  to  its  fabrication
    yards.  During  1996,  prior to the Dolphin Acquisition, the Company
    increased its workforce by approximately 80 production employees and
    has recently expanded programs to attract additional workers.

*   Maintain a Low Cost Structure.   The  Company  believes it is a low-
    cost  fabricator of offshore structures due to its  state-of-the-art
    production  techniques,  skilled  and motivated workforce, efficient
    management and low overhead costs.  The Company plans to continue to
    emphasize cost savings while providing  high  quality  products  and
    reliable services to its customers.

*   Acquire  Related  Businesses.  The Dolphin Acquisition significantly
    increases the Company's  revenue,  cash flow and number of employees
    and   broadens   the  Company's  product  and   service   offerings.
    Management believes  that  there  are  additional  opportunities  to
    acquire  companies  that  have  related or complementary products or
    services to those currently provided  by  the  Company.  Immediately
    after the Offering, the Company will be substantially  free of debt,
    and management believes that its capital structure will enable it to
    pursue such opportunities as they arise.

*   Pursue    Additional   International   Opportunities.    There   are
    significant  opportunities  to  supply platforms outside the Gulf of
    Mexico.   Over  the  past  five  years,  approximately  25%  of  the
    Company's revenue was derived from  the  fabrication  of  structures
    exported to foreign destinations, including offshore West Africa and
    Latin America.  Many of the Company's customers who operate  in  the
    Gulf  of  Mexico  also  have  extensive  operations in international
    areas.  Management believes that its established relations with such
    customers, combined with its recent certification  as  an  ISO  9002
    fabricator, will continue to facilitate the Company's development of
    its  international presence.  The Company believes that some foreign
    operators  will  continue  to  utilize  U.S.  fabricators  to  build
    platforms  for  use in foreign markets because of the higher quality
    and lower costs available  from U.S. fabricators, despite additional
    transportation costs.  In the  future,  the Company may pursue joint
    venture relationships or other cooperative  arrangements in order to
    increase  its  participation  in  fabrication  projects  in  foreign
    markets.

      The  Company  is  incorporated  under  the laws of  the  State  of
Louisiana  and  its  principal  executive offices  are  located  at  583
Thompson Road, Houma, Louisiana 70363,  its  telephone  number  is (504)
872-2100,  and  its  mailing  address  is P.O. Box 310, Houma, Louisiana
70361-0310.
                                  
<PAGE>                                  
                                  
                                  The Offering

Common Stock offered by the Company     2,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after    
  the Offering                          5,500,000 shares<F1>
Use of Proceeds                         To repay approximately 
                                        $27.0 million of indebtedness 
                                        expected to be outstanding at 
                                        the time of the Offering, a 
                                        portion of which (approximately 
                                        $15.0 million) will be incurred 
                                        to fund a distribution to the
                                        Company's current shareholders in
                                        connection with the termination of 
                                        the Company's S Corporation status.
                                        See "Prior S Corporation Status." Any 
                                        remaining proceeds will be used for 
                                        working capital and general corporate
                                        purposes.  See "Use of Proceeds."
Nasdaq National Market Symbol           GIFI

   <F1> Excludes any shares issuable upon  exercise  of  the Underwriters'
        over-allotment option and 106,500 shares issuable upon exercise of
        outstanding options.  See "Management - Compensation  Pursuant  to
        Plans -- Long-Term Incentive Plan."


                                  Risk Factors

      An  investment  in the Common Stock offered hereby involves a high
degree of risk.  In particular, prospective investors should be aware of
the effect on the Company  of  the risks presented by the factors listed
under "Risk Factors."

<PAGE>                      
                      
                      
                      Summary Financial and Operating Data

      The following table sets forth  summary  historical  financial and
operating  data  as  of  the  dates and for the periods indicated.   The
historical financial data for each  year  in  the five-year period ended
December 31, 1996 are derived from the audited  financial  statements of
the  Company.   The following table also sets forth pro forma  financial
information as of  and  for  the  period  presented that gives effect to
significant   events,   including  the  Dolphin  Acquisition   and   the
termination  of  the  Company's  S  Corporation  status,  subsequent  to
December 31, 1996, as further  explained  in  the  notes  thereto.   The
following   data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  "Management's
Discussion  and   Analysis   of   Financial  Condition  and  Results  of
Operations" and the Company's financial  statements  and  notes  thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Year ended December 31,
                              __________________________________________________________
                                                                              Pro Forma
                                                                             (unaudited)
                               1992       1993      1994     1995      1996   1996<F1>
                              ________   ______   _______  ________   _______ ___________

                                        (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                           <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Income Statement Data:
     Revenue                  $ 51,462 $  65,435 $  60,984 $  63,779 $  79,004 $ 103,007
     Cost of revenue            45,457    60,599    57,519    60,034    68,673    88,843
                              _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________
     Gross profit                6,005     4,836     3,465     3,745    10,331    14,164
     General and 
       administrative expenses   1,566     1,585     1,567     1,730     2,161     3,813
                              _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________     
     Operating income            4,439     3,251     1,898     2,015     8,170    10,351
     Net interest expense          208        70       328       430       384       899
     Non-recurring 
       compensation charge<F2>       -         -         -         -       500       500
                              _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________          
     Income before income taxes  4,231     3,181     1,570     1,585     7,286     8,952
     Pro forma provision for     
        income taxes<F3>         1,596     1,193       594       602     2,934     3,553<F4>
                              _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________          
     Pro forma net income<F3> $  2,635  $  1,988  $    976  $    983  $  4,352  $  5,399
                              ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
     Pro forma net income per 
         shares<F3>           $    .75  $    .57  $    .28  $    .28  $   1.24  $   1.54
                              ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
     Weighted average common  
         shares                  3,500     3,500     3,500     3,500     3,500     3,500
     Supplemental pro forma net                                          
          income per share<F5>                                                  $
                                                                                =========
Other Financial Data:
     Depreciation and  
     amortization             $  1,351   $ 1,415   $ 1,370   $ 1,382   $ 1,586  $  2,013
     Capital expenditures     $    445   $   367   $   676   $   992   $ 5,838  $  6,722
     EBITDA<F6>               $  5,790   $ 4,666   $ 3,268   $ 3,397   $ 9,256  $ 11,864
     EBITDA margin<F7>            11.2%      7.1%      5.4%      5.3%     11.7%     11.5%
Operating Data:
     Direct labor hours  
     worked<F8>                    878       981     1,037       920     1,074   
     Backlog<F9>
           In direct labor hours   457       404       400       427     1,058
           In dollars         $ 27,472   $20,832   $20,740   $22,003   $87,093

Gulf of Mexico Industry Data:
     Drilling rigs under     
     contract<F10>                  75       115       129       133       148
     Offshore platforms
     installed<F11>
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     As of December 31, 1996
                                    _________________________________________________________
                                                                           (unaudited)
                                                           __________________________________
                                                                               Pro Forma
                                              Historical  Pro Forma<F1><F3>  as Adjusted<F12>
                                             ___________  ______________   _________________
Balance Sheet Data:                                          (In thousands) 
<S>                                          <C>             <C>               <C>  
      Working capital, excluding current 
            maturities of long-term debt     $  11,532       $ 14,637          $
      Property, plant and equipment, net        17,735         21,292
      Total assets                              35,909         46,026
      Debt, including current           
            maturities<F13>                      6,187         25,803
      Shareholders' equity                      23,498          9,240
____________________
<FN>
<F1> Gives effect to the Dolphin Acquisition as if consummated at the end
     of  the  period  presented  for  balance  sheet  data  and as of the
     beginning of the period presented for all other data, and  should be
     read   in   conjunction  with  the  unaudited  pro  forma  financial
     statements of  the  Company and the notes thereto included elsewhere
     in this Prospectus.

<F2> In  December 1996, the  Company's  principal  shareholders  sold  an
     aggregate  of  49,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  the  Company's
     executive  officers  at  a  total  purchase  price of $350,000.  The
     Company  is required to recognize a non-cash expense  equal  to  the
     difference  between  the  aggregate  purchase  price for such shares
     (adjusted for certain distributions with respect to such shares that
     will be paid in 1997) and the estimated value of  such shares at the
     time of the Offering.

<F3> Gives  pro  forma  effect  to the application of federal  and  state
     income taxes to the Company  as  if  it were a C Corporation for tax
     purposes  for  the  periods  presented. For  all  periods  presented
     herein, the Company has operated as an S Corporation for federal and
     state income tax purposes.  Immediately  prior  to the Offering, the
     Company's   current   shareholders   intend  to  make  an   election
     terminating the Company's S Corporation  status.   As  a result, the
     Company will become subject to corporate level income taxation.  See
     "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of Financial Condition and
     Results  of  Operations  --  Pro Forma Results  of  Operations;  Tax
     Adjustments,"  and  notes  1  and   2  to  the  Company's  financial
     statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<F4> Includes approximately $619,000 in federal  and  state  income taxes,
     net of acquisition adjustments, accrued in 1996 by Dolphin  Services,  
     which  operated  as  a  C corporation until January 1, 1997, at which 
     time it was converted to an S Corporation.

<F5> Calculated  by  dividing  the pro forma net income, increased by the
     interest  expense, net of tax,  on  the  debt  incurred  to  acquire
     Dolphin Services, by the 3,500,000 weighted average shares, as 
     increased to reflect sufficient additional shares to retire
     debt incurred  to  acquire Dolphin Services (________ shares) and to
     pay  the Shareholder  Distributions  (________  shares).   All  such
     additional  shares  are  based  on  an  assumed  offering  price  of
     $________, net of offering expenses.

<F6> EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation
     and   amortization)   is   presented   here  to  provide  additional
     information about the Company's operations.   EBITDA  should  not be
     considered  as an alternative to net income, as an indicator of  the
     Company's operating  performance  or as an alternative to cash flows
     as a measure of liquidity.

<F7> EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing EBITDA by revenue.

<F8> Direct labor hours are hours worked  by  employees directly involved
     in the production of the Company's products.

<F9> Backlog information is as of December 31 for  each  of  the  periods
     presented.   The Company's backlog is based on management's estimate
     of the number  of  direct  labor hours required to complete, and the
     remaining amounts to be invoiced  with respect to, those projects on
     which  a  customer  has authorized the  Company  to  begin  work  or
     purchase  materials.    Backlog   at   December  31,  1996  included
     approximately   34,800   direct  labor  hours   and   $1.4   million
     attributable to portions of  orders  expected  to be completed after
     December  31, 1997.  See "Risk Factors - Backlog"  and  "Business  -
     Backlog."

<F10>Represents the average number of drilling rigs under contract in the
     Gulf of Mexico  for  the  period  presented.    Data  obtained  from
     Offshore Data Services.

<F11>Represents   the  number  of  development  drilling  and  production
     platforms installed  in  the Gulf of Mexico in the period presented.
     Data obtained from Offshore Data Services.

<F12>Assumes the public offering  of  2,000,000 shares of Common Stock at
     an assumed price of $_____ per share  resulting  in  net proceeds of
     $_____ million (after deducting underwriting discounts  and expenses
     of  the  Offering  estimated  at $_____ million) and the application
     thereof as described herein.  See "Use of Proceeds."

<F13>Each  of  historical,  pro  forma  and   pro   forma   as  adjusted
     information  includes  $530,000 of current maturities of debt.   In
     addition, each of pro forma  and  pro forma as adjusted information
     includes approximately $13.2 million of debt expected to be incurred
     (as of December 31, 1996) to fund a distribution to the Company's  
     existing shareholders prior to  the  completion  of  the  Offering and
     $206,000 of current maturities of debt of Dolphin Services.
     See "Prior  S  Corporation Status" and "Certain Transactions."

</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>                                 
                                 
                                 RISK FACTORS

      Prospective purchasers of the Common Stock should carefully consider
the  investment considerations set forth below, as  well  as  the  other
information contained in this Prospectus.

Cyclicality; Dependence on Activity in the Oil and Gas Industry

      The  demand  for  the  Company's  services  has traditionally been
cyclical, depending on the condition of the oil and gas industry and, in
particular, the level of capital expenditures of oil  and  gas companies
who  operate  in  the  Gulf  of Mexico.  These capital expenditures  are
influenced by prevailing oil and  natural gas prices, expectations about
future prices, the cost of exploring  for,  producing and delivering oil
and gas, the sale and expiration dates of offshore  leases in the United
States and overseas, the discovery rate of new oil and  gas  reserves in
offshore   areas,   local   and  international  political  and  economic
conditions, and the ability of  oil  and  gas  companies  to  access  or
generate  capital  sufficient  to fund capital expenditures for offshore
exploration, development and production  activities.  Although the trend
of  oil and natural gas prices over the past  year  has  been  generally
favorable,  over  the past several years, oil and natural gas prices and
the level of offshore  drilling and exploration activity have fluctuated
substantially, resulting  in  significant fluctuations in demand for the
Company's services.  A significant  or  prolonged  reduction  in  oil or
natural  gas prices in the future would likely depress offshore drilling
and development  activity.   A  substantial  reduction  of such activity
would reduce demand for the Company's services and could have a material
adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  financial condition and results  of
operations.

Need for Skilled Workers

      The Company's ability to remain  productive and profitable depends
substantially on its ability to retain and  attract skilled construction
workers,  primarily  welders,  fitters  and  equipment  operators.   The
Company's  ability  to expand its operations depends  primarily  on  its
ability to increase its  labor  force.   The  demand for such workers is
high and the supply is extremely limited.  While  the  Company  believes
that  its wage rates are competitive and that its relationship with  its
skilled labor force is good, a significant increase in the wages paid by
competing employers could result in a reduction in the Company's skilled
labor force,  increases  in the wage rates paid by the Company, or both.
If  either of these events  occurred,  in  the  near-term,  the  profits
realized  by  the  Company  from  work  in  progress would be reduced or
eliminated   and,  in  the  long-term,  the  production   capacity   and
profitability  of  the  Company  could  be  diminished  and  the  growth
potential of the Company could be impaired.

Backlog

      The  Company's  backlog  is  based on management's estimate of the
direct labor hours required to complete, and the remaining amounts to be
invoiced  with  respect  to, those projects  on  which  a  customer  has
authorized the Company to  begin  work or purchase materials pursuant to
written contracts, letters of intent,  or  other forms of authorization.
All projects currently included in the Company's  backlog are subject to
change and/or termination at the option of the customer, either of which
could substantially change the amount of backlog currently reported.  In
the case of a termination, the customer is generally required to pay the
Company for work performed and materials purchased  through  the date of
termination,  and  in  some  cases,  pay  the  Company termination fees;
however, due to the large dollar amounts of backlog  estimated  for each
of a small number of projects, amounts included in the Company's backlog
could decrease substantially if one or more of these projects were to be
terminated by the Company's customers.  In particular, approximately 88%
and  _____%  of the Company's backlog at December 31, 1996 and March  1,
1997, respectively,  were  attributable  to three projects, two of which
were for the same customer.  A termination of one or more of these large
projects could have a material adverse effect  on the Company's revenue,
net income and cash flow for 1997.

Operating Risks

      The  Company's  fabrication  of  large  steel structures  involves
certain  operating hazards that can cause personal  injury  or  loss  of
life, severe  damage  to  and  destruction of property and equipment and
suspension of operations.   The  failure  of  such structures during and
after  installation  can  result in similar injuries  and  damages.   In
addition, as a result of the  Dolphin  Acquisition,  the Company now has
employees engaged in offshore operations which are covered by provisions
of  the  Jones Act, the Death on the High Seas Act and general  maritime
law, which  laws  operate  to  make  the liability limits established by
state workers' compensation laws inapplicable  to  these  employees and,
instead, permit them or their representatives to pursue actions  against
the  Company  for  damages  or  job-related  injuries, with generally no
limitations  on the Company's potential liability.   The  ownership  and
operation of the  vessels  acquired  in the Dolphin Acquisition can give
rise to large and varied liability risks,  such  as  risks of collisions
with  other  vessels  or  structures, sinkings, fires and  other  marine
casualties, which can result  in  significant claims for damages against
both the Company and third parties  for,  among  other  things, personal
injury,   death,  property  damage,  pollution  and  loss  of  business.
Litigation arising from any such occurrences may result in the Company's
being named  as  a  defendant  in  lawsuits  asserting large claims.  In
addition, due to their proximity to the Gulf of  Mexico,  the  Company's
facilities  are subject to the possibility of physical damage caused  by
hurricanes or  flooding.   Although the Company maintains such insurance
protection  as  it  considers economically  prudent,  there  can  be  no
assurance that any such  insurance will be sufficient or effective under
all circumstances or against  all claims or hazards to which the Company
may be subject.  A successful claim  or  damage  resulting from a hazard
for which the Company is not fully insured could have a material adverse
effect on the Company.  Moreover, no assurance can  be  given  that  the
Company  will  be  able  to maintain adequate insurance in the future at
rates that it considers reasonable.  See "Business -- Insurance" and "--
Legal Proceedings."

      To   the   extent   the  Company's   future   operations   involve
international expansion, those  operations  would be subject to a number
of risks inherent in business operations in foreign countries, including
political,  social  and  economic  instability,  potential   seizure  or
nationalization  of  assets,  currency  restrictions  and exchange  rate
fluctuations, nullification, modification or renegotiation of contracts,
import-export   quotas  and  other  forms  of  public  and  governmental
regulation,  all of  which  are  beyond  the  control  of  the  Company.
Additionally,  the  ability  of  the Company to compete in international
markets may be adversely affected  by import duties and fees, by foreign
taxes, by foreign governmental regulations  that  favor  or  require the
awarding of contracts to local contractors, or by regulations  requiring
foreign contractors to employ citizens of, or purchase supplies  from, a
particular jurisdiction.

Contract Bidding Risks

      Due   to  the  nature  of  the  marine  construction  industry,  a
substantial number  of  the Company's projects are performed on a fixed-
price   basis,   although   some    projects   are   performed   on   an
alliance/partnering or cost-plus basis.   Under  fixed-price  contracts,
the  Company  receives  the  price  fixed  in  the  contract, subject to
adjustment only for change orders placed by the customer.   As a result,
the  Company  is  responsible  for  all  cost  overruns.   Under typical
alliance/partnering arrangements, the Company and the customer  agree in
advance  to  a target price that includes specified levels of labor  and
material costs  and profit margins.  If the project is completed at less
cost than those targeted  in the contract, the contract price is reduced
by a portion of the savings.   If the cost to completion is greater than
target costs, the contract price  is  increased,  but  generally  to the
target  price  plus  the actual incremental cost of materials and direct
labor.  Accordingly, under alliance/partnering arrangements, the Company
has some protection against  cost  overruns  but must share a portion of
any cost savings with the customer.  Under cost-plus  arrangements,  the
Company  receives  a  specified  fee  in  excess of its direct labor and
material cost and so is protected against cost  overruns  but  does  not
benefit directly from cost savings.  The revenue, costs and gross profit
realized  on  a  contract  will often vary from the estimated amounts on
which such contracts were originally  based  because of various reasons,
including errors in estimates or bidding, changes  in  the  availability
and cost of labor and material and variations in productivity  from  the
original  estimates.   These  variations  and  the risks inherent in the
marine  construction industry may result in revenue  and  gross  profits
different  from  those originally estimated and reduced profitability or
losses on projects.  Depending on the size of a project, variations from
estimated contract  performance  can  have  a  significant impact on the
Company's operating results for any particular fiscal quarter or year.

Percentage-of-Completion Accounting

      Most of the Company's revenue is recognized  on  a  percentage-of-
completion basis based on the ratio of direct labor hours worked  to the
total   estimated   direct   labor   hours   required   for  completion.
Accordingly, contract price and cost estimates are reviewed  monthly  as
the  work progresses, and adjustments proportionate to the percentage of
completion  are  reflected in revenue for the period when such estimates
are revised.  To the extent that these adjustments result in a reduction
or elimination of previously reported profits, the Company would have to
recognize a charge  against  current  earnings, which may be significant
depending  on  the  size  of  the  project  or   the   adjustment.   See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations."

Seasonality

      The  Company's  operations  are subject to seasonal variations  in
weather conditions and daylight hours.   Since  most  of  the  Company's
construction activities take place outdoors, the number of direct  labor
hours  worked generally declines in the winter months due to an increase
in rainy  and  cold  conditions  and  a  decrease in daylight hours.  In
addition, the Company's customers often schedule the completion of their
projects during the summer months in order  to  take  advantage  of  the
milder  weather  during  such  months  for  the  installation  of  their
platforms.  As a result, a disproportionate amount of the Company's  net
income   and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  revenue  and  gross  profit,  has
historically  been  earned  during  the second and third quarters of the
year, and the Company has occasionally incurred losses during the fourth
and first quarters of its fiscal year.   For example, the portion of net
income earned during the second and third quarters amounted to 103%, 81%
and 58% of the Company's total net income  for  fiscal  1994,  1995  and
1996,  respectively.   See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Dependence on Significant Customers

      A  large  portion  of  the Company's revenue has historically been
generated  by  a  few  customers,  although  not  necessarily  the  same
customers  from  year  to year.   For  example,  the  Company's  largest
customers (those which individually  accounted  for  more  than  10%  of
revenue  in  a given year) collectively accounted for 38% (2 customers),
40% (2 customers) and 35% (3 customers) of revenue for fiscal 1994, 1995
and 1996, respectively.   In  addition,  at  March 1, 1997, ____% of the
Company's backlog was attributable to three projects,  two of which were
for  the  same  customer.   Because  the level of fabrication  that  the
Company  may provide to any particular  customer  depends,  among  other
things,  on  the  size  of  that  customer's  capital expenditure budget
devoted  to  platform construction plans in a particular  year  and  the
Company's ability  to  meet  the customer's delivery schedule, customers
that account for a significant portion of revenue in one fiscal year may
represent  an  immaterial  portion   of  revenue  in  subsequent  years.
However, the loss of a significant customer  for any reason, including a
sustained  decline  in  that  customer's capital expenditure  budget  or
competitive factors, can result  in  a  substantial  loss of revenue and
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  operating
performance.

Competition

      Marine construction companies servicing the oil  and  gas industry
compete  intensely for available projects.  Contracts for the  Company's
services are  generally  awarded  on  a competitive bid basis and, while
customers  may  consider,  among  other  things,  the  availability  and
capabilities of equipment, the reputation,  experience and safety record
of  the  contractor,  price  and  the contractor's  ability  to  meet  a
customer's delivery schedule are the  principal  factors  in determining
which  qualified  contractor  is awarded the job.  The Company  competes
with both large and small companies,  and  certain  of these competitors
have  greater  financial  and  other  resources  than  the Company.   In
addition, because of subsidies, import duties and fees, taxes imposed on
foreign operators and lower wage rates in foreign countries  along  with
fluctuations  in  the  value  of  the U.S. dollar and other factors, the
Company may not be able to remain competitive  with  foreign contractors
for  projects  designed for use in international locations  as  well  as
those designed for  use  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.   See  "Business  --
Competition."

Integration and Availability of Acquisitions

      The  Company  has  recently  increased  its revenue, cash flow and
workforce through the Dolphin Acquisition.  As  the  Dolphin Acquisition
occurred  in  January  1997,  the  Company has not fully integrated  the
operations of Dolphin Services with  those of the Company.  As a result,
the Company could experience difficulties  or  additional expenses as it
seeks to coordinate the activities and operations  of  Dolphin  Services
with  those  of  the  Company, including the possible loss of production
workers currently employed  by  Dolphin  Services.   In addition, to the
extent  the  success of the Company's strategy is contingent  on  making
further acquisitions, there can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to identify  and acquire acceptable acquisition candidates on terms
favorable to the Company  or  that the Company will be able to integrate
such acquisitions successfully.

Regulatory and Environmental Matters

      The  Company's  operations  and  properties  are  subject  to  and
affected by various types of governmental regulation, including numerous
federal, state and local  environmental protection laws and regulations,
compliance with which is becoming  increasingly  complex,  stringent and
expensive.  These laws may provide for "strict liability" for damages to
natural  resources  or threats to public health and safety, rendering  a
party  liable  for  the  environmental  damage  without  regard  to  its
negligence or fault.  Sanctions for noncompliance may include revocation
of permits, corrective  action orders, administrative or civil penalties
and  criminal  prosecution.   Certain  environmental  laws  provide  for
strict, joint and  several liability for remediation of spills and other
releases of hazardous substances.  In addition, companies may be subject
to claims alleging personal  injury  or  property  damage as a result of
alleged exposure to hazardous substances.  Such laws and regulations may
also expose the Company to liability for the conduct  of  or  conditions
caused  by  others,  or  for acts of the Company that were in compliance
with all applicable laws at  the  time  such  acts  were  performed.  In
addition,  the Company depends on the demand for its services  from  the
oil and gas  industry  and is affected by changing taxes, price controls
and other laws and regulations  relating  to  the  oil  and gas industry
generally.  The adoption of laws and regulations curtailing  exploration
and development drilling for oil and gas for economic, environmental and
other policy reasons would adversely affect the Company's operations  by
limiting  demand for its services.  The Company cannot determine to what
extent future  operations and earnings of the Company may be affected by
new legislation,  new  regulations  or  changes in existing regulations.
See "Business -- Government and Environmental Regulation."

Dependence on Key Personnel

      The  Company's  success  depends  on,  among   other  things,  the
continued active participation of Kerry J. Chauvin, President  and Chief
Executive  Officer, and certain of the Company's other officers and  key
operating personnel.   The  loss  of  the  services  of any one of these
persons  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect on the Company.   See
"Management."

Control by Principal Shareholders

      After  the  Offering, Alden J. Laborde and  Huey  J.  Wilson  will
beneficially own an  aggregate  of  approximately  57% of the issued and
outstanding Common Stock (54% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option
is  exercised in full).  Although they have no agreements,  arrangements
or understandings to do so, to the extent Messrs. Laborde and Wilson act
in concert,  they  will be able to control the election of directors and
the outcome of certain  matters  requiring  shareholder  approval.   See
"Principal Shareholders."

Shares Eligible for Future Resale; Registration Rights

      Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding
5,500,000 shares of Common Stock (excluding 106,500 shares issuable upon
the  exercise  of  outstanding options).  All of the 2,000,000 shares of
Common Stock offered  hereby  will  be  eligible  for sale in the public
market without restriction upon completion of the Offering.   All of the
remaining  3,500,000  shares of Common Stock are "restricted securities"
as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities  Act").  The Company, each of its directors and
officers and certain shareholders  of  the  Company  have  agreed not to
offer,  sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock  in  the
public market  for 180 days from the date of this Prospectus without the
prior consent of the Underwriters.  Subject to this agreement, after the
completion  of  the   Offering,  the  Company's  existing  shareholders,
including Messrs. Alden  Laborde  and  Wilson, may sell shares of Common
Stock pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities  Act  or  otherwise.  In
addition,  each  of Messrs. Laborde and Wilson has been granted  certain
demand and "piggy-back"  registration rights by the Company with respect
to all of the shares of Common Stock owned by him.  Although the Company
cannot predict the timing  or  amount of future sales of Common Stock or
the effect that the availability  of  such  shares for sale will have on
the  market  price prevailing from time to time,  sales  of  substantial
amounts of Common  Stock  in  the  public market following this offering
could  adversely  affect the market price  of  the  Common  Stock.   See
"Principal Shareholders,"  "Certain  Transactions"  and "Shares Eligible
for Future Sale."

No Prior Market; Possible Volatility of Market Price; Dilution

      Prior  to the Offering, there has been no public  market  for  the
Common Stock.   Although  application  has  been made to list the Common
Stock  offered hereby on the Nasdaq National Market,  there  can  be  no
assurance  that  a  market  for  the  Common  Stock  will develop or, if
developed, will be sustained.  The initial public offering  price of the
Common Stock will be determined by negotiations between the Company  and
the  Underwriters.  For the factors considered in such negotiations, see
"Underwriting."   There can be no assurance that future market prices at
which the Common Stock will sell in the public market after the Offering
will not be lower than the initial public offering price.  Following the
Offering, the market  price  of the Common Stock may fluctuate depending
on  various  factors,  including   the  general  economy,  stock  market
conditions,  general  trends  in  the  marine   construction   business,
fluctuations in oil and gas prices, announcements by the Company  or its
competitors  and  variations  in  the  Company's  quarterly  and  annual
operating  results.  In addition, purchasers of the Common Stock offered
hereby will  incur immediate dilution of $________ ($_____ per share) in
the  pro forma  net  tangible  book  value  of  their  investment.   See
"Dilution."

Dividends

      The  Company currently intends to retain earnings, if any, to meet
its working capital requirements and to finance the future operation and
growth of the  Company's  business  and, therefore, does not plan to pay
cash dividends to holders of its Common Stock in the foreseeable future.
In  addition,  the agreement governing  the  Bank  Credit  Facility  (as
hereinafter defined)  limits  the  Company's ability to pay dividends on
its Common Stock.  See "Dividend Policy."

<PAGE>                          
                          
                          PRIOR S CORPORATION STATUS

      Since April 1989, the Company has operated as an S Corporation for
federal  and  state  income tax purposes.   As  a  result,  the  Company
currently pays no federal  or  state income tax, and the entire earnings
of the Company are subject to tax  directly  at  the  shareholder level.
Immediately  prior  to the Offering, the Company's current  shareholders
intend  to make an election  terminating  the  Company's  S  Corporation
status.   Therefore,  the Company will become subject to corporate level
income taxation.  The Company  will  be  required  to  record a one-time
deferred  tax liability in the amount of approximately $1.2  million  in
the second  quarter of 1997.  See the Company's financial statements and
notes thereto  included  elsewhere  in this Prospectus and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
- -- Pro Forma Results of Operations; Tax Adjustments."

      In  the  past,  the  Company  has  made   distributions   to   its
shareholders in order to provide a cash return to them and to fund their
federal  and state income tax liability that resulted from the Company's
S Corporation  status.   In accordance with this practice, since January
1,  1997,  the  Company has distributed  $3.0  million  to  its  current
shareholders and,  prior  to  the completion of the Offering, intends to
make  an  additional  distribution   to   its  current  shareholders  of
approximately  $12.0  million (the "Shareholder  Distributions"),  which
amount represents undistributed  earnings  of  the  Company on which the
Company's  current  shareholders  will have incurred federal  and  state
income taxes at the date of their election  to terminate the Company's S
Corporation status.  The Company intends to fund  this distribution with
borrowings  under  its  Bank  Credit Facility (as hereinafter  defined),
which  will  be repaid with proceeds  of  the  Offering.   See  "Use  of
Proceeds," "Dividend Policy" and "Certain Transactions."

<PAGE>
                               USE OF PROCEEDS

      The estimated  net  proceeds  to  the Company from the sale of the
shares  of  Common  Stock offered hereby, after  deducting  underwriting
discounts and offering  expenses,  will  be approximately $_____ million
($_____ million if the Underwriters' over-allotment  option is exercised
in full) assuming an initial offering price of $_____  per  share.   The
Company  intends  to use approximately $27.0 million of the net proceeds
to repay indebtedness  that will be outstanding under the Company's Bank
Credit Facility (as hereinafter  defined)  at  the time of the Offering.
This  indebtedness  represents  borrowings  to  fund   (i)  the  Dolphin
Acquisition, (ii) certain capital expenditures that were  made  in  1996
and 1997 to improve the Company's facilities and the productivity of its
workforce    and   (iii)   the   Shareholder   Distributions,   totaling
approximately  $15.0  million.   See  "Prior  S  Corporation Status" and
"Certain  Transactions."   The  Company  intends  to use  any  remaining
proceeds  for  working  capital and general corporate  purposes.   Until
used, the Company intends  to  invest  the  net proceeds in money market
obligations,  certificates  of deposit or short-term,  interest  bearing
securities.

      The  Company's  credit  facility   (the  "Bank  Credit  Facility")
currently provides for  (i) a revolving line  of  credit  of up to $12.0
million  and (ii) a non-revolving facility of $15.0 million.   Prior  to
the Offering,  it  is  anticipated  that  the  revolving  portion, which
matures  on  December  31,  1998, will be increased to provide  a  $20.0
million line of credit that will  be  available  to fund the Shareholder
Distributions.   The  non-revolving facility, which  was  originated  on
October 24, 1996 and was  amended  and  increased  on January 2, 1997 in
connection  with  the  Dolphin Acquisition, may be drawn   upon  by  the
Company until June 30, 1997,  at  which  time the non-revolving facility
will  convert to a term loan with a final maturity  of  June  30,  2004.
Both portions bear interest equal to, at the Company's option, the prime
lending  rate  established  by  Citibank,  N.A.  or  LIBOR plus 2%.  The
weighted average interest rate on the indebtedness outstanding under the
Bank Credit Facility as of March 1, 1997 was  ___%. After  the  Offering
and  the  application of the estimated net proceeds as described herein,
the Company expects to have approximately $_____ million available under
the revolving  portion  of  the Bank Credit Facility.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
- -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

                               DIVIDEND POLICY

      The Company currently intends  to retain earnings, if any, to meet
its working capital requirements and to finance the future operation and
growth  of  its business and, therefore,  does  not  plan  to  pay  cash
dividends to  holders of its Common Stock in the foreseeable future.  In
addition, the agreements  governing  the  Bank Credit Facility limit the
Company's  ability  to  pay dividends on its Common  Stock.   See  "Risk
Factors -- Dividends."

      The  Company  has  made   cash   distributions   to   its  current
shareholders  in  order to provide a cash return to them as well  as  to
fund their federal and state income tax liability that resulted from the
Company's status as  an  S  Corporation.   These  distributions  totaled
$433,671 and $2,691,708 in the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995  and
1996, respectively.  Since January 1, 1997, the Company has made similar
distributions  to  its  shareholders  of  $3.0  million.   Prior  to the
completion of the Offering and in connection with the termination of the
Company's   S  Corporation  status,  the  Company  intends  to  make  an
additional distribution  to  its  current  shareholders of approximately
$12.0  million, which amount represents undistributed  earnings  of  the
Company on which the current shareholders will have incurred federal and
state income  taxes  as  of  the date of their election to terminate the
Company's S Corporation status.   See  "Prior  S Corporation Status" and
"Certain Transactions."

<PAGE>
                                   DILUTION

      After  giving  pro  forma effect to the Dolphin  Acquisition,  the
Shareholder Distribution and the deferred income tax liability resulting
from the termination of the  Company's  S  Corporation  status,  the pro
forma net tangible book value of the Company at December 31, 1996  would
have  been  $9.2  million,  or  $2.64  per  share  of Common Stock.  Net
tangible book value per share of Common Stock represents  the  amount of
the  Company's  tangible net worth (total assets less total liabilities)
divided by the total  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock outstanding.
After further giving effect to the Offering (assuming an  initial public
offering price of $_____ per share and deducting underwriting  discounts
and  offering  expenses  estimated  at  $________),  the  pro  forma net
tangible book value of the Company at December 31, 1996 would have  been
approximately  $________  or  $________ per share of Common Stock.  This
represents an immediate increase  in  net  tangible book value of $_____
per share of Common Stock to current holders  of  Common  Stock  and  an
immediate  dilution  of  approximately  $_____  per  share  to  the  new
investors purchasing shares in the Offering.

      The  following  table  illustrates  this per share dilution to new
investors:

Initial public offering price per share                  $
  
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share   
     at December 31, 1996 (without taking into
     account the Offering)<F1>                   $  2.64
  
  Increase in net tangible book value per
     share attributable to the sale of Common
     Stock in the Offering
  
Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per           
   share after giving effect to the Offering<F1>         $
  
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value            
   per share to the purchasers of Common Stock
   offered hereby<F1>                                    $
                                                            

      The following table summarizes, on a  pro forma basis, at December
31, 1996, the number of shares of Common Stock  issued  by  the Company,
the  total  consideration received by the Company and the average  price
per share of Common Stock paid by existing shareholders and by investors
in the Offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $_____ per
share)  before   deducting  the  estimated  underwriting  discounts  and
offering expenses.

                        Shares Purchased  Total Consideration  Average
                       __________________ __________________   Price Per
                       Number     Percent  Amount    Percent    Share
                      _________   _______ ________  _________  _________

Existing         
shareholders<F1>      3,500,000      64%  $ 7,670,000      %    $2.19 
New investors         2,000,000      36%                   %    $
                     ____________  ______ ___________ _______  _______
      Total           5,500,000     100%                100%
                     ============  ====== =========== ======= 
________________
<F1>  Excludes any  shares  issuable  upon exercise of the Underwriters'
      over-allotment  option  and  106,500   shares  issuable  upon  the
      exercise of outstanding options.  See "Management  -- Compensation
      Pursuant to Plans -- Long-Term Incentive Plan."

<PAGE>                                
                                
                                
                                CAPITALIZATION

      The   following   table   sets   forth  the  short-term  debt  and
capitalization of the Company at December  31,  1996;  on  a  pro  forma
basis,  as  of  December  31,  1996,  giving  effect  to (i) the Dolphin
Acquisition,  (ii)  the  incurrence  of additional debt under  the  Bank
Credit  Facility,  (iii)  the Shareholder  Distributions  and  (iv)  the
recording by the Company of  deferred income tax liability in connection
with its conversion to a C Corporation,  all as if completed on December
31, 1996;  and as adjusted to reflect the  sale  by  the  Company of the
2,000,000  shares  of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed  initial
public offering price  of  $_____  per  share and the application of the
estimated net proceeds thereof as described  in  "Use of Proceeds."  The
table set forth below should be read in conjunction  with  the Company's
historical  and  pro  forma  financial statements and the notes  thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                            As of December 31, 1996
                                          ________________________________
                                                           (unaudited)
                                                     ______________________
                                                                 Pro Forma
                                           Actual     Pro Forma  as Adjusted
                                          _________  __________ ____________
                                                   (In thousands)

Short-term debt                           $     530  $   13,894  
                                          ========== =========== ==========
Long-term debt, less current  
maturities                                $   5,657  $   11,909  $
Shareholders' equity:                     ========== =========== ==========
  Preferred Stock, no par value per   
    share, 5,000,000 shares
    authorized; none issued or
    outstanding                                 ---         ---        ---
  Common Stock, no par value per
      share, 20,000,000 shares
      authorized; 3,500,000 million
      shares issued and outstanding;
      5,500,000 million shares issued
      and outstanding as adjusted<F1>         1,000       1,000
  Additional paid-in capital                  6,670       6,670
  Retained earnings                          15,828       1,570      1,570
                                         ___________ ___________  __________
      Total shareholders' equity             23,498       9,240
                                         ___________ ___________  __________
Total capitalization                     $   29,155  $   21,149  $
                                         =========== =========== ===========
_____________________

  <F1>Excludes any shares issuable  upon  exercise  of the Underwriters'
      over-allotment option and 106,500 shares issuable upon exercise of
      outstanding options.  See "Management -- Compensation  Pursuant to
      Plans -- Long-Term Incentive Plan."

<PAGE>                    
                    
                    SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

      The  following table sets forth selected historical financial  and
operating data,  as  of  the  dates  and for the periods indicated.  The
historical financial data for each year  in  the  five-year period ended
December 31, 1996 are derived from the audited financial  statements  of
the  Company.  The table also sets forth pro forma financial information
as of  and  for  the  periods presented that gives effect to significant
events, including the Dolphin  Acquisition  and  the  termination of the
Company's S Corporation status, that occurred subsequent to December 31,
1996,  as  further  explained  in  the  notes  thereto.   The  following
information  should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of  Financial  Condition and Results of Operations" and the
Company's financial statements  and  notes thereto included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Year ended December 31,
                              __________________________________________________________
                                                                              Pro Forma
                                                                             (unaudited)
                               1992       1993      1994     1995      1996   1996<F1>
                              ________   ______   _______  ________   _______ ___________

                                        (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                           <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Income Statement Data:
     Revenue                  $ 51,462 $  65,435 $  60,984 $  63,779 $  79,004 $ 103,007
     Cost of revenue            45,457    60,599    57,519    60,034    68,673    88,843
                              _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________
     Gross profit                6,005     4,836     3,465     3,745    10,331    14,164
     General and 
       administrative expenses   1,566     1,585     1,567     1,730     2,161     3,813
                              _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________     
     Operating income            4,439     3,251     1,898     2,015     8,170    10,351
     Net interest expense          208        70       328       430       384       899
     Non-recurring 
       compensation charge<F2>       -         -         -         -       500       500
                              _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________          
     Income before income taxes  4,231     3,181     1,570     1,585     7,286     8,952
     Pro forma provision for     
        income taxes<F3>         1,596     1,193       594       602     2,934     3,553<F4>
                              _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________          
     Pro forma net income<F3> $  2,635  $  1,988  $    976  $    983  $  4,352  $  5,399
                              ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
     Pro forma net income per 
         shares<F3>           $    .75  $    .57  $    .28  $    .28  $   1.24  $   1.54
                              ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
     Weighted average common  
         shares                  3,500     3,500     3,500     3,500     3,500     3,500
     Supplemental pro forma net                                          
          income per share<F5>                                                  $
                                                                                =========
Other Financial Data:
     Depreciation and  
     amortization             $  1,351   $ 1,415   $ 1,370   $ 1,382   $ 1,586  $  2,013
     Capital expenditures     $    445   $   367   $   676   $   992   $ 5,838  $  6,722
     EBITDA<F6>               $  5,790   $ 4,666   $ 3,268   $ 3,397   $ 9,256  $ 11,864
     EBITDA margin<F7>            11.2%      7.1%      5.4%      5.3%     11.7%     11.5%
Operating Data:
     Direct labor hours  
     worked<F8>                    878       981     1,037       920     1,073    
     Backlog<F9>
           In direct labor hours   457       404       400       427     1,038
           In dollars         $ 27,472   $20,832   $20,740   $22,003   $87,093


                                                 Year ended December 31,
                              __________________________________________________________
                                                                              Pro Forma
                                                                             (unaudited)
                               1992       1993      1994     1995      1996   1996<F1>
                              ________   ______   _______  ________   _______ ___________

                                                             (In thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
      Working capital, excluding
       current maturities of
       long-term debt         $ 3,593   $ 8,217    $ 7,437   $10,048   $11,532  $14,637
      Property, plant and
      equipment, net           15,550    14,567     13,873    13,483    17,735   21,292
      Total assets             24,678    29,225     25,665    30,414    35,909   46,026
      Debt, including current
            maturities<F10>       425     2,424      4,477     5,545     6,187   25,803
                              
      Shareholders' equity     19,136    20,782     17,251    18,403    23,498    9,240

___________________________
(notes follow on next page)

<FN>
<F1>  Gives effect to the Dolphin Acquisition as if consummated at the end
      of  the  period presented for balance  sheet  data  and  as  of  the
      beginning  of the period presented for all other data, and should be
      read  in  conjunction   with   the  unaudited  pro  forma  financial
      statements of the Company and the  notes  thereto included elsewhere
      in this Prospectus.

<F2>  In  December  1996,  the  Company's principal shareholders  sold  an
      aggregate  of  49,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  the  Company's
      executive officers at a  total  purchase  price  of  $350,000.  As a
      result,  the  Company  is  required to recognize a non-cash  expense
      equal to the difference between  the  aggregate  purchase  price for
      such shares (adjusted for certain distributions with respect to such
      shares  that  will be paid in 1997) and the estimated value of  such
      shares at the time of the Offering.

<F3>  Gives pro forma  effect  to  the  application  of  federal and state
      income  taxes to the Company as if it were a C Corporation  for  tax
      purposes  for  the  periods  presented.  For  all  periods presented
      herein, the Company has operated as an S Corporation for federal and
      state income tax purposes.  Immediately prior to the  Offering,  the
      Company's   current   shareholders   intend   to  make  an  election
      terminating the Company's S Corporation status.   As  a  result, the
      Company will become subject to corporate level income taxation.  See
      "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial Condition  and
      Results  of  Operations  -- Pro Forma  Results  of  Operations;  Tax
      Adjustments,"  and  notes  1   and  2  to  the  Company's  financial
      statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<F4>  Includes approximately $619,000  in  federal  and state income taxes,
      net of acquisition adjustments, incurred in 1996 by Dolphin Services,  
      which operated  as  a  C Corporation until January 1, 1997, at which 
      time it was converted to an S Corporation.

<F5>  Calculated by dividing the pro forma net income,  increased  by  the
      interest  expense,  net  of  tax,  on  the  debt incurred to acquire
      Dolphin Services, by the 3,500,000 weighted average shares, as 
      increased to reflect sufficient additional shares  to retire
      debt incurred to acquire Dolphin Services (________  shares)  and to
      pay  the  Shareholder  Distributions  (________  shares).   All such
      additional  shares  are  based  on  an  assumed  offering  price  of
      $________, net of offering expenses.

<F6>  EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation
      and   amortization)   is   presented   here  to  provide  additional
      information about the Company's operations.   EBITDA  should  not be
      considered  as an alternative to net income, as an indicator of  the
      Company's operating  performance  or as an alternative to cash flows
      as a measure of liquidity.

<F7>  EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing EBITDA by revenue.

<F8>  Direct labor hours are hours worked  by  employees directly involved
      in the production of the Company's products.

<F9>  Backlog information is as of December 31 for  each  of  the  periods
      presented.   The Company's backlog is based on management's estimate
      of the number  of  direct  labor hours required to complete, and the
      remaining amounts to be invoiced  with respect to, those projects on
      which  a  customer  has authorized the  Company  to  begin  work  or
      purchase  materials.    Backlog   at   December  31,  1996  included
      approximately   34,800   direct  labor  hours   and   $1.4   million
      attributable to portions of  orders  expected  to be completed after
      December  31,  1997.   See  "Risk Factors- Backlog"  and  "Business-
      Backlog."

<F10> Historical information for 1992,  1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996 includes
      $421,000, $324,000, $477,000, $434,000,  and $530,000, respectively,
      of  current  maturities  of  debt.  Pro forma  information  includes
      $530,000 in current maturities  of  debt, $13.2 million of debt
      expected  to  be  incurred (as of December 31, 1996) to fund a 
      distribution to  the  Company's existing shareholders  prior to the 
      completion of the Offering and $206,000 of current maturities of debt
      of Dolphin Services.  See "Prior S Corporation Status" and "Certain 
      Transactions."
</FN>
</TABLE>                   
<PAGE>                   
                   
                   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General

      The Company's results  of operations are affected primarily by (i)
the  level  of  oil  and  gas  exploration    and  development  activity
maintained by oil and gas companies in the Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  to  a
lesser extent, West Africa and Latin America; (ii) the Company's ability
to  win  contracts  through  competitive  bidding or alliance/partnering
arrangements and (iii) the Company's ability  to  manage those contracts
to  successful  completion.   The level of exploration  and  development
activity is related to several  factors, including trends of oil and gas
prices,  expectations of future oil  and  gas  prices,  and  changes  in
technology   which   reduce   costs  and  improve  expected  returns  on
investment.  Over the past four years, favorable trends in these factors
have  led to increased activity  levels  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.   In
addition to higher oil and gas prices, improvements in three-dimensional
seismic, directional drilling, production techniques, and other advances
in technology  have  increased drilling success rates and reduced costs.
Drilling activity has increased in and around existing fields in shallow
water  (less  than  300 feet)  where  technology  has  allowed  for  the
identification of smaller,  previously  overlooked oil and gas deposits.
Technology improvements have also led to  larger  discoveries of oil and
gas in subsalt geological formations (which generally are located in 300
to 800 feet of water) and in deep water (800 to 6,000 feet) areas of the
Gulf  of Mexico.  Increased activity in water depths  greater  than  300
feet, where  larger  structures requiring more steel tonnage are needed,
has placed increased demand  on  the  available  capacity  of  the major
platform  fabricators  serving  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  with  a resulting
improvement in pricing levels for their services.

      Due  to  the time required to drill an exploratory offshore  well,
formulate a comprehensive  development  plan  and  design a drilling and
production platform, the fabrication and installation  of such platforms
usually lag exploratory drilling by one to three years.   As  a  result,
the  higher levels of drilling activity in the Gulf of Mexico have  only
recently  impacted the demand for the Company's products.  The Company's
revenue, cash flow and backlog improved moderately in 1995, but improved
significantly  in  1996.  Revenue in 1996 increased 24% to $79.0 million
and EBITDA increased  172%  to $9.3 million, in each case as compared to
1995.  The Company's backlog  at  December 31, 1996 was $87.1 million as
compared to $22.0 million at the end  of  1995.   At  March 1, 1997, the
Company's backlog was $_____ million.

      Most  of the Company's contracts are awarded on a  fixed-price  or
alliance/partnering basis although some contracts are bid on a cost-plus
basis.  Under  fixed-price  contracts,  the  Company  receives the price
fixed  in  the  contract,  subject to adjustment only for change  orders
placed by the customer.  As  a  result,  the  Company  retains  all cost
savings  but  is also responsible for all cost over-runs.  Under typical
alliance/partnering  arrangements, the Company and the customer agree in
advance to a target price  that  includes  specified levels of labor and
materials costs and profit margins.  If the  project  is  completed at a
lower cost than those targeted in the contract, the contract   price  is
reduced  by  a  portion  of  the  savings.  If the cost to completion is
greater  than  target  costs,  the  contract  price  is  increased,  but
generally  to  the  target  price  plus the actual cost  of  incremental
materials  and  direct  labor.  Accordingly,  under  alliance/partnering
arrangements, the Company  has  some  protection  from cost overruns but
also must share a portion of any cost savings with  the customer.  Under
cost-plus arrangements, the Company receives a specified  fee  in excess
of its direct labor and materials cost and so is protected against  cost
overruns  but  does not benefit directly from cost savings.  Because the
Company  generally   prices  materials  as  pass-through  items  on  its
contracts, the cost and  productivity  of  the Company's labor force are
key factors affecting the Company's operating profits.  Consequently, it
is essential that the Company control the cost  and  productivity of the
direct labor hours worked on the Company's projects.   See  "Business  -
Customers and Contracting."

      The ability of the Company to operate profitably and to expand its
operations  depends  substantially  on  its  ability  to attract skilled
production workers, primarily welders, fitters and equipment  operators.
Through  its  recruiting  efforts,  the  Company  was  able  to  add  88
production  employees to its workforce in 1996.  As part of an effort to
increase and  improve  its workforce, the Company recently hired a full-
time recruiter responsible for coordinating all aspects of the Company's
recruiting  efforts,  instituted   and   enhanced   several  recruitment
incentive programs for its current employees and expanded  its  training
facility. While the supply of production workers is limited, the  demand
for  their  services  has  increased  as  oil  and  gas  development and
production  activity   has  increased.   As  a  result, the Company  has
increased  the  average  hourly  wages  of its employees  and,  in  some
circumstances, has subcontracted work to  others  on a fixed-price basis
and, in 1994 and 1995, engaged contract labor.  Because  the Company has
succeeded  in  increasing  its production workforce through the  Dolphin
Acquisition and recruiting efforts,  the Company does not anticipate the
need to engage contract labor in the foreseeable future.

      The Company's operations are subject  to  seasonal  variations  in
weather  conditions  and  daylight hours.  Because most of the Company's
construction activities take  place outdoors, the number of direct labor
hours worked generally declines  in  winter months due to an increase in
rainy  and  cold  conditions  and  a decrease  in  daylight  hours.   In
addition, the Company's customers often schedule the completion of their
projects during the summer months in  order  to  take  advantage  of the
milder  weather  during  such  months  for  the  installation  of  their
platforms.  As a result, a disproportionate amount of the Company's  net
income   and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  revenue  and  gross  profit,  has
historically  been  earned  during  the second and third quarters of the
year, and the Company has occasionally  incurred losses during the first
and fourth quarters of its fiscal year.   Because  of  this seasonality,
full  year  results  are  not  likely  to  be a direct multiple  of  any
particular  quarter  or  combination  of  quarters.    The  table  below
indicates for each quarter of the Company's last three fiscal  years the
percentage  of the annual revenue, gross profit and net income, and  the
number of direct labor hours worked.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                             1994                       1995                    1996
                  _________________________   _______________________  ______________________
                  1st    2nd    3rd    4th     1st    2nd   3rd   4th   1st   2nd   3rd   4th
                  Qtr.   Qtr.   Qtr.   Qtr.    Qtr.   Qtr.  Qtr.  Qtr.  Qtr.  Qtr.  Qtr.  Qtr.
                  ____  _____   ____   ____    ____   ____  ____  ____  ____  ____  ____  ____
<S>               <C>    <C>   <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>
Revenue .......... 23%    27%   31%     19%     22%    26%   30%   22%   25%   27%   24%   24%
Gross profit...... 24%    39%   35%      2%      9%    25%   38%   28%   13%   26%   30%   31%
Net income........ 27%    54%   49%    (30%)   (12%)   26%   55%   31%   10%   26%   32%   32%
Direct Labor Hours 
 (in 000's)...... 258    291   298     190     219    256   245   200   249   304   264   256
</TABLE>

      Most of  the  Company's  revenue is recognized on a percentage-of-
completion basis based on the ratio  of direct labor hours worked to the
total   estimated   direct   labor   hours  required   for   completion.
Accordingly, contract price and cost estimates  are  reviewed monthly as
the work progresses, and adjustments proportionate to  the percentage of
completion are reflected in revenue for the period when  such  estimates
are revised.  To the extent that these adjustments result in a reduction
of  previously  reported profits, the Company would have to recognize  a
charge against current  earnings,  which may be significant depending on
the size of the project or the adjustment.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995

      During the year ended December  31,  1996,  the  Company generated
revenue  of  $79.0  million,  an increase of 24% compared to  the  $63.8
million generated in 1995.  This increase was caused by a 16.6% increase
in production volume (1.07 million  direct  labor  hours  worked in 1996
versus 920,000 in 1995) and an increase of 6.2% in the Company's average
selling  rate.   The  Company's  average  selling  rate  is computed  by
dividing  revenue  for  any  period by the number of direct labor  hours
worked in such period.  As a result  of  stronger  demand for fabricated
structures in the oil and gas industry, the Company was able to increase
the  number of direct labor hours worked by hiring additional  employees
and increase  its  average selling rate by raising the prices charged to
its customers.  The  6.2%  increase in average selling rate is not fully
indicative of the prices charged  by  the Company on all of its projects
since it includes work performed and projects  completed  in  the  early
part of 1996 for contracts awarded during 1995 as well as work performed
and  projects  completed  in  late  1996 for projects awarded during the
improving market conditions of early 1996.

      Cost  of  revenue was $68.7 million  in  1996  compared  to  $60.0
million in 1995.   Cost of revenue consists of costs associated with the
fabrication process,  including direct costs (such as direct labor hours
and raw materials) allocated  to  specific  projects  and indirect costs
(such  as supervisory labor, utilities, welding supplies  and  equipment
costs) that  are associated with production but are not directly related
to  a  specific   project.   These  costs  depend  upon  the  volume  of
fabrication activity  and  decreased  from  94.1%  of revenue in 1995 to
86.9%  of  revenue  in  1996, primarily as a result of the  increase  in
pricing discussed above and  a  decrease  in  the  cost  of revenue that
resulted  primarily  from  (i)  productivity increases caused  by  labor
saving  equipment  and  production  incentives,   (ii)  a  reduction  in
equipment   rental  costs  which  was  partially  offset  by   increased
depreciation  expense  which resulted from equipment purchases and (iii)
an increase in the amount of scrap steel sold.

      General  and administrative  expense  was  $2.1  million  in  1996
compared to $1.7  million  in 1995, remaining a constant 2.7% of revenue
for each period.

      Interest expense decreased  to  $384,000  in 1996 from $430,000 in
1995 as the weighted average of the Company's borrowings decreased.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994

      During  the  year ended December 31, 1995, the  Company  generated
revenue of $63.8 million,  an increase of 4.6% compared to $61.0 million
generated in 1994. This increase  resulted  from  an  increase  in total
labor  hours  worked  (including  contract  labor  hours)  and a greater
average  selling  rate  for the Company's direct labor hours.   Cost  of
revenue was $60.0 million  for 1995 as compared to $57.5 million in 1994
(94% of revenue for both years).   Materials and indirect costs remained
relatively  constant  in  1995 as compared  to  1994.   An  increase  in
contract labor costs in 1995  was  offset by a reduction in direct labor
costs.

      General  and administrative expense  was  $1.7  million  (2.7%  of
revenue) in 1995  compared  to  $1.6  million (2.6% of revenue) in 1994.
This  increase  was  primarily  due  to  increased   legal   and   other
professional fees.

      Interest  expense  increased  to $430,000 in 1995 from $328,000 in
1994 due to increases in the amount of   borrowings  under the Company's
Bank  Credit  Facility  and  a  higher  interest  rate charged  on  such
borrowings.

Pro Forma Results of Operations; Tax Adjustments

      On January 2, 1997 the Company completed the  Dolphin Acquisition.
On  a  pro forma basis, giving effect to the Dolphin Acquisition  as  if
completed  on  January 1, 1996, the Company's revenue for the year ended
December 31, 1996,  would have been $103.0 million (giving effect to the
pro forma elimination  of  sales from Dolphin Services to Gulf Island in
1996).  Pro forma cost of revenue  would  have  been $88.9 (86.2% of pro
forma  revenue for the year ended December 31, 1996),  and  general  and
administrative  expense  would have been $3.8 million (3.7% of pro forma
revenue).  Pro forma interest  expense  would  have been $899,000 due to
the increased level of indebtedness resulting from  the debt incurred to
finance  the Dolphin Acquisition.  Pro forma income before  taxes  would
have been  $9.0  million.   Because Dolphin Services was a C Corporation
for income tax purposes, it incurred  income  tax expense of $619,000 in
1996.

      If  Gulf  Island had been a C Corporation during  1994,  1995  and
1996, income tax  expense would have amounted to approximately $594,000,
$602,000 and $2.9 million,  respectively.  As a result, net income would
have  decreased to $976,000  ($0.28  per  share),  $983,000  ($0.28  per
share)  and  $4.4  million  ($1.24  per share) for fiscal 1994, 1995 and
1996, respectively.  On a pro forma basis,  giving effect to the Dolphin
Acquisition, as if it were completed on January  1,  1996,  and assuming
the Company had operated as a C Corporation for the year ended  December
31, 1996, the provision for income taxes and net income would have  been
$3.6 million and $5.4 million ($1.54 per share), respectively.

      Since April 1989, the Company has operated as an S Corporation for
federal  and  state  income  tax  purposes.   As  a  result, the Company
currently pays no federal or state income tax, and the  entire  earnings
of  the  Company  are  subject to tax directly at the shareholder level.
Immediately prior to the  Offering,  the  Company's current shareholders
intend  to   make an election terminating the  Company's  S  corporation
status.  As a  result, the Company will be required to record a one-time
deferred tax liability  in  the  amount of approximately $1.2 million in
the second quarter of 1997.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      Historically,  the  Company has  funded  its  business  activities
through funds generated from  operations  and  borrowings under its Bank
Credit Facility.  Net cash provided by operations was $3.4 million, $2.3
million  and  $7.2 million for 1994, 1995 and 1996,  respectively.   Net
borrowings under  the  Bank  Credit  Facility  were  $2.0  million, $1.1
million and $642,000 for 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

      The   Company's   capital   requirements  historically  have  been
primarily  for  improvements  to  its  production   facilities  and  for
equipment  designed to increase the capacity of its facilities  and  the
productivity  of  its  labor  force.  During 1996, the Company made $5.8
million of capital expenditures,  including  approximately  $2.8 million
for  the purchase of four used Manitowoc 4100W cranes, $1.3 million  for
the installation  of skidways, $800,000 for modifications to the Company's 
pipehandling facility and $900,000 for various fabrication equipment.

      During 1995,  the  Company  made approximately $992,000 in capital
expenditures, primarily for improvements  to  its  facilities, including
bulkhead repairs and stabilization of portions of both the west and east
yards, and in 1994 made approximately $676,000 in capital  expenditures,
primarily for facility improvements.

      At  December 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $6.2  million
of outstanding  indebtedness,  including  $5.8  million  under  its Bank
Credit  Facility.  Subsequent to December 31, 1996, the Company borrowed
an additional  $6.0  million  to fund the purchase price of  the Dolphin
Acquisition and $3.0 million to  fund  a  portion  of  the  Shareholder
Distributions.  In  addition,  prior to the completion of the  Offering,
the Company intends to borrow approximately an additional $12.0 million 
under the Bank Credit Facility to fund the remainder of the Shareholder 
Distributions.

      The Company's Bank Credit Facility provides  for  (i)  a revolving
line of credit of up to $12.0 million and (ii) a non-revolving  facility
of  $15.0  million.   Prior  to  the  completion  of the Offering, it is
anticipated  that  the  revolving portion of the Bank  Credit  Facility,
which matures December 31,  1998,  will  be increased to provide a $20.0
million line of credit that will be available  to  fund  the Shareholder
Distributions.    See   "Prior   S   Corporation  Status"  and  "Certain
Transactions."   The  non-revolving portion,  which  was  originated  on
October 24, 1996 and was  amended  and  increased  on January 2, 1997 in
connection  with  the  Dolphin  Acquisition, may be drawn  upon  by  the
Company until June 30, 1997, at which  time  the  non-revolving  portion
will  convert  to  a  term  loan with a final maturity on June 30, 2004.
Both portions may bear interest  equal  to, at the Company's option, the
prime lending rate established by Citibank,  N.A. or LIBOR plus 2%.  The
weighted average interest rate on the indebtedness outstanding under the
Bank  Credit  Facility   as  of March 1, 1997 was  ___%.    The  Company
expects to use the proceeds of  the  Offering  to  repay all outstanding
indebtedness as of the completion of the Offering under  the Bank Credit
Facility  (approximately  $27.0  million).   After  completion   of  the
Offering, the Company expects to have $_____ million available under the
Bank Credit Facility.

      Capital   expenditures  for  1997,  in  addition  to  the  Dolphin
Acquisition, are estimated to be approximately $7.8 million.  Management
believes that the  net  proceeds  of  the Offering, its available funds,
cash generated by operating activities  and  funds  available  under its
Bank   Credit   Facility  will  be  sufficient  to  fund  these  capital
expenditures and  its  working  capital needs.  However, the Company may
expand its operations through acquisitions  in  the  future,  which  may
require additional equity or debt financing.

<PAGE>                                   
                                   
                                   BUSINESS

      General.  The Company is a leading fabricator of offshore drilling
and  production  platforms  and other specialized structures used in the
development and production of offshore oil and gas reserves.  Structures
and  equipment  fabricated  by the  Company  include  jackets  and  deck
sections  of fixed production  platforms,  hull  and  deck  sections  of
floating production  platforms  (such  as tension-leg platforms), piles,
wellhead protectors, subsea templates and various production, compressor
and utility modules.  The Company believes  it  is  one  of  only  three
domestic  companies capable of fabricating offshore production platforms
for installation  in  water depths greater than 300 feet.  The Company's
focus on controlling costs and providing high quality, reliable products
and services has enabled it to be profitable for each year since 1988.

      Demand for the Company's  products  and  services  is  primarily a
function  of the level of offshore oil and gas activity in the  Gulf  of
Mexico and,  to a lesser extent, offshore areas in West Africa and Latin
America.  Over the past four years, improvements in seismic and drilling
technology, production  techniques  and oil and gas prices have resulted
in more intensive drilling activity in  and  around  mature  oil and gas
fields  located  in shallow water areas as well as increased exploration
of deepwater areas of the Gulf of Mexico.  The number of active drilling
rigs in the Gulf of Mexico increased from less than 60 in May of 1992 to
more than 150 at the end of 1996.

      Due to the time  required  to  drill an exploratory offshore well,
formulate a comprehensive development  plan  and  design  a drilling and
production platform, the fabrication and installation of such  platforms
usually  lag  exploratory  drilling by one to three years.  As a result,
higher levels of drilling activity  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  have only
recently  impacted the demand for the Company's products.  The Company's
revenue, cash  flow,  and  backlog  improved  moderately  in  1995,  but
improved  significantly in 1996.  Revenue in 1996 increased 24% to $79.0
million, and  EBITDA  increased  172%  to  $9.3 million, in each case as
compared to 1995.  The Company's backlog at  December 31, 1996 was $87.1
million as compared to $22.0 million at the end  of  1995.   At March 1,
1997, the Company's backlog was $_____ million.

      The  Company's  predecessor  was  founded  in  1985 by a group  of
investors  including  Alden J. Laborde and Huey J. Wilson,  and  shortly
thereafter acquired the assets of Delta Fabrication, a division of Delta
Services Industries, Inc., for approximately $5.2 million.  The acquired
assets included what is  now  the Company's main fabrication yard on the
east  bank  of  the  Houma  Navigation   Canal  in  southern  Louisiana,
approximately 30 miles from the Gulf of Mexico.

      In 1989, Messrs. Laborde and Wilson incorporated the Company under
the  laws  of  Louisiana  and  caused the Company  to  purchase  certain
property and equipment from Park  Corporation for $2.5 million.  In this
transaction, the Company acquired approximately  437  acres  across  the
Houma  Navigation Canal from the Company's main yard, of which 130 acres
were developed as a fabrication yard comprising the Company's west yard.
The Company  leased  this  facility  to  the Company's predecessor until
1990, when the Company's predecessor was merged  into  the Company.  The
Company's facilities are located on 577 acres, of which  230  acres  are
currently  developed for fabrication activities with 347 acres available
for expansion.   These facilities allow the Company to build jackets for
fixed production platforms for use in water depths up to 800 feet and in
certain cases, depending on the design and weight of the jacket, for use
in water depths greater  than  800  feet.    The  Company  is capable of
constructing  deck  sections for fixed or floating production  platforms
for use in unlimited  water depths.  In addition, the Company is able to
build certain hull sections of tension leg platforms, typically for use
in water depths greater than 1,000 feet.

      Acquisition of Dolphin  Services,  Inc.   On  January 2, 1997, the
Company  completed  the  Dolphin  Acquisition  for  approximately   $5.9
million.  Dolphin Services performs offshore and inshore fabrication and
other construction services for the oil and gas industry in the Gulf  of
Mexico and generated $27.0 million in revenue and $2.7 million in EBITDA
for  the  year ended   December 31, 1996.  Dolphin Services' facility
is located a quarter of a mile from the Company's main yard.  Management
believes that  the  Dolphin Acquisition allows for more efficient use of
both companies' facilities,  equipment and personnel.  With the addition
of  the  360  employees  of Dolphin  Services,  the  Company's  combined
workforce is currently approximately  930  employees.   The  acquisition
provides  an  entrance  for  the  Company  into new market segments,  in
particular   offshore  interconnect  piping  hook-up,   inshore   marine
construction and  steel  warehousing and sales, which allows the Company
to provide a more integrated array of services to its customers.

      Growth Strategy.  The  Company's  growth strategy is to capitalize
on the positive trends and opportunities  in  the marine fabrication and
construction  industry.  Key elements of the Company's  growth  strategy
are to:

*  Increase   Production  Capacity.   In  order  to  capitalize  on  the
   increased demand  for its fabrication services, the Company is taking
   actions to increase  the production capacity of its fabrication yards
   by (i) purchasing additional  equipment,  (ii) upgrading its existing
   buildings and equipment and (iii) increasing  the size and capability
   of  its  workforce.   In  1996, the Company spent approximately  $5.9
   million to purchase equipment  and  modify  its  fabrication yards in
   order  to  increase capacity and improve productivity.   The  Company
   anticipates  that it will spend approximately $15 million during 1997
   and  1998 for additional  capital  improvements  to  its  fabrication
   yards.   During  1996,  prior to the Dolphin Acquisition, the Company
   increased its workforce by  approximately 80 production employees and
   has recently expanded programs to attract additional workers.

*  Maintain a Low Cost Structure.  The Company believes it is a low-cost
   fabricator  of  offshore  structures   due  to  its  state-of-the-art
   production  techniques,  skilled and motivated  workforce,  efficient
   management and low overhead  costs.  The Company plans to continue to
   emphasize  cost savings while providing  high  quality  products  and
   reliable services to its customers.

*  Acquire Related  Businesses.   The  Dolphin Acquisition significantly
   increases the Company's revenue, cash  flow  and  number of employees
   and broadens the Company's product and service offerings.  Management
   believes that there are additional opportunities to acquire companies
   that  have  related  or complementary products or services  to  those
   currently provided by  the  Company.  Immediately after the Offering,
   the  Company  will be substantially  free  of  debt,  and  management
   believes that its  capital  structure  will  enable it to pursue such
   opportunities as they arise.

*  Pursue Additional International Opportunities.  There are significant
   opportunities to supply platforms outside the  Gulf  of Mexico.  Over
   the past five years, approximately 25% of the Company's  revenue  was
   derived  from  the  fabrication  of  structures  exported  to foreign
   destinations, including offshore West Africa and Latin America.  Many
   of  the  Company's  customers who operate in the Gulf of Mexico  also
   have  extensive  operations   in   international  areas.   Management
   believes that its established relations with such customers, combined
   with  its  recent  certification  as an  ISO  9002  fabricator,  will
   continue to facilitate the Company's development of its international
   presence.   The Company believes that  some  foreign  operators  will
   continue to utilize  U.S.  fabricators  to build platforms for use in
   foreign  markets  because  of  the  higher quality  and  lower  costs
   available  from U.S. fabricators, despite  additional  transportation
   costs.   In  the   future,  the  Company  may  pursue  joint  venture
   relationships or other  cooperative arrangements in order to increase
   its participation in fabrication projects in foreign markets.

Description of Operations

      The Company's primary  activity  is  the  fabrication  of offshore
drilling  and production platforms, including jackets and deck  sections
of fixed production  platforms,  hull  and  deck  sections  of  floating
production  platforms  (such as  tension-leg platforms), piles, wellhead
protectors, subsea templates  and  various  production,  compressor  and
utility modules.  The Company also has the ability to produce and repair
pressure  vessels  used  in the oil and gas industry, refurbish existing
platforms and fabricate various other types of steel structures.

      The Company uses the  latest  welding  and  fabrication technology
available,  and  all  of  the  Company's  products  are manufactured  in
accordance with industry standards and specifications,  including  those
published  by  the  American  Petroleum  Institute, the American Welding
Society and the American Society of Mechanical  Engineers.   The Company
has  also  been  certified  as  an  ISO  9002 fabricator for its quality
assurance programs.  This certification is  based  on  a  review  of the
Company's  programs  and  procedures  designed  to  maintain and enhance
quality production and is subject to annual review and  recertification.
This  certification  is  often  a  criterion  for  prequalification   of
contractors,  especially  by potential international customers.  Dolphin
Services  is  currently  in  the   process  of  applying  for  ISO  9002
certification.

      Fabrication  of  Offshore  Platforms.    The   Company  fabricates
structural  components  of  fixed  platforms  for  use  in the  offshore
development  and  production  of oil and gas.  A fixed platform  is  the
traditional  type of platform used  for  the  offshore  development  and
production of  oil and gas, although recently there has been an increase
in the use of floating production platforms and tension-leg platforms as
a result of increased  drilling  and  production  activities  in  deeper
waters.   As  of  December 31, 1996, approximately 3,300 fixed platforms
were located in the  Gulf  of Mexico, of which 15 are installed in water
depths greater than 800 feet.   Most  fixed  platforms  built  today can
accommodate  both drilling and production operations.  These combination
platforms are  large  and  generally  more  costly  than  single-purpose
structures.  However, because directional drilling techniques  permit  a
number  of  wells  to  be  drilled  from  a  single platform and because
drilling  and  production  can  take  place simultaneously,  combination
platforms are often more efficient.

      The most common type of fixed platform  consists  of  a  jacket (a
tubular steel, braced structure extending from the mudline on the seabed
to  a  point  above  the  water  surface)  which is supported on tubular
pilings  driven  deep into the seabed and supports  the  deck  structure
located above the  level  of storm waves.  The deck structure, extending
above the surface of the water  and  attached  to  the  top  end  of the
jacket,   is  designed  to  accommodate  multiple  functions,  including
drilling, production,  separating,  gathering, piping, compression, well
support and quartering.  Platforms can  be  joined  by  bridges  to form
complexes  of platforms for very large developments or to improve safety
by  dividing   functions   among   specialized  platforms.   Jacket-type
platforms are generally the most viable  solution  for  water  depths of
1,000  feet  or less.  Although there is no height limit to the size  of
the jackets that  can  be  fabricated  at  the Company's facilities, the
dimensions of the Houma Navigation Canal prevent  the  transportation to
the  Gulf of Mexico of most jackets designed for water depths  exceeding
800 feet.   Management  believes, however, that certain jackets designed
for water depths over 800  feet,  depending on weight and design, can be
fabricated at the Company's facilities and transported through the Houma
Navigation Canal. The Company can also  build  decks,  piles   and other
structures for installation in any water depth.  Often, customers  split
projects  among  fabricators,  contracting  with different companies for
the fabrication of the jacket, deck  sections  and  piles  for  the same
platform.   Therefore, the Company is able, through the construction  of
decks,  piles,   compliant   tower   sections  and  floating  production
facilities, to participate in the construction  of  platforms  requiring
jackets that are larger than those the Company can transport through the
Houma Navigation Canal.

      Most of the steel used in the Company's operations arrives  at the
Company's fabrication yards as steel plate.  The plate is cut and rolled
into  tubular  sections  at rolling mills in the fabrication yards.  The
tubular sections (which vary  in  diameter,  up  to  12 feet) are welded
together in long straight tubes to become legs or into  shorter tubes to
become  part of the network of bracing that supports the legs.   Various
cuts and  welds  in  the  fabrication  process  are  made  by  computer-
controlled equipment that operates from data developed during the design
of  the  structure.  The Company's two rolling mills and its ability  to
fabricate the large tubular sections needed for jackets built for use in
water depths  over  300 feet distinguish the Company from all but two of
its domestic competitors.

      Jackets are built on skidways (which are long parallel rails along
which the jacket will slide when it is transferred to a barge for towing
out to sea) and are generally  built  in sections so that, to the extent
possible, much of their fabrication is  done  on  the  ground.   As each
section of legs and bracing is complete, large crawler cranes pick up an
entire  side  and "roll up" the section, which is then joined to another
uprighted section.   When  a jacket is complete and ready for launch, it
is pulled along the skidway  onto  a  launch  barge,  which is gradually
deballasted to compensate for the weight of the structure  as more of it
moves  aboard  the barge.  Using ocean-going tugs, the barge and  jacket
are transported to the offshore installation site.

      Decks are built either as single structures or in sections and are
installed  on  location   by   marine   construction  contractors.   The
composition  and  quantity of petroleum in  the  well  stream  generally
determine the makeup  of  the  production deck on a processing platform.
Typical deck equipment includes  crude oil pumps, gas and oil separators
and gas compressors.  The only limitation  on  the  Company's ability to
fabricate decks is the weight capacity of the barges that take the decks
from  the Company's yard to the installation site.  Management  believes
that currently  there  are no decks installed in the Gulf of Mexico that
could not have been constructed at the Company's facilities.

      The Company can also fabricate sections of, and structures used in
connection  with,  tension-leg  platforms  ("TLPs").   TLPs,  which  are
generally better suited  than  fixed  platforms for water depths greater
than 1,000 feet, consist of a deck that  sits  atop  one or more column-
shaped semisubmersible hulls, which are positioned on site with vertical
tendons  running  from  the hulls to the seabed.  The tendons  hold  the
hulls partially submerged and are highly tensioned using the buoyancy of
the hulls.  This system develops  a  restoring  force against wave, wind
and  current actions in proportion to the lateral  displacement  of  the
vessel.  Wells for a TLP are often predrilled through a subsea template.
Long,  flexible production risers, which carry the petroleum to the deck
of the TLP, are supported in tension by mechanical tensioner machines on
the platform's  deck  and are directly subject to wave, wind and current
forces.   The  Company  has  fabricated  subsea  templates  for  use  in
connection with TLPs, which  are  structures  that  are installed on the
seabed before development drilling begins.  As exploration  and drilling
move  into  the  deep  water of the Gulf of Mexico, the Company believes
that  there  will  be  increased   opportunities   to  fabricate  subsea
templates, as well as decks and other structures for  use  in connection
with TLPs.

      The   Company  also  fabricates  piles  and  other  rolled  goods,
templates,  bridges   for   connecting   offshore   platforms,  wellhead
protectors, various production, compressor and utility modules and other
structures  used  in  offshore  oil  and gas production and  development
activities.   All  of the Company's products  are  installed  by  marine
construction contractors.

      Dolphin  Services,  acquired  by  the  Company  in  January  1997,
performs many of  the  same  services  as the Company.  Dolphin Services
also provides several services currently not available from Gulf Island,
including piping interconnect services on  offshore  platforms,  inshore
steel  and wood structure construction, and steel warehousing and sales.
At its existing  facility,  a  quarter of a mile from the Company's main
yard, Dolphin Services can fabricate  jackets  up to 100 feet tall along
with decks and other steel structures.  Dolphin  Services  has also been
active  in the refurbishment of existing platforms. Management  believes
that the  Dolphin  Acquisition will allow for more efficient use of both
companies'  facilities,  equipment  and  personnel.   In  addition,  the
acquisition will  provide  an  entrance  for the Company into new market
segments,  in  particular offshore piping interconnect,  inshore  marine
construction and  steel warehousing and sales, which will also allow the
Company to provide a more integrated array of services to its customers.


Facilities and Equipment

      Facilities.    The   Company's  corporate  headquarters  and  main
fabrication yard are located  on  the  east bank of the Houma Navigation
Canal at Houma, Louisiana, approximately  30  miles  from  the  Gulf  of
Mexico.   That  facility  includes approximately 140 acres with 96 acres
developed for fabrication,  one  13,200 square foot building that houses
administrative  staff, approximately  110,000  square  feet  of  covered
fabrication area, and over 18,000 square feet of warehouse storage area.
The  main  yard also  has  approximately  2,800  linear  feet  of  water
frontage, of which 1,500 feet is steel bulkhead which permits outloading
of heavy structures.

      The Company's  west  yard  is  located across the Houma Navigation
Canal  from  the  main  yard and includes  437  acres,  with  130  acres
developed for fabrication  and  over 300 acres of unimproved land, which
could be used for expansion.  The  west  yard,  which  has approximately
65,000 square feet of covered fabrication area and 2,500  square feet of
warehouse storage area, spans 6,750 linear feet of the Houma  Navigation
Canal, of which 2,350 feet is steel bulkhead.  During 1997, the  Company
intends  to expand its covered fabrication areas in its main yard which,
when completed,  will  provide the Company with a total of approximately
199,000 square feet of covered fabrication space.

      Dolphin Services occupies  a  20-acre site located approximately a
quarter of a mile from the Company's  main yard on a channel adjacent to
the Houma Navigation Canal.  The facility  includes  a 7,000-square foot
building that houses administrative staff, approximately  14,000  square
feet of covered fabrication area, 1,500 square feet of warehouse storage
area and a 10,000-square foot blasting and coating facility.

      Equipment.   The  Company's main yard houses its Bertsch Model  34
and Model 20 plate bending rolls, a Frye Wheelabrator grit blast system,
a hydraulic plate shear,  a  hydraulic  press  brake,  and various other
equipment  needed  to  build  offshore  structures  and fabricate  steel
components.   The  Company's  west  yard  has a Bertsch Model  38  plate
bending  roll,  a  computerized  Vernon brace coping  machine  used  for
cutting steel in complex geometric  sections and various other equipment
used in the Company's fabrication business.   The Company also currently
uses 18 crawler cranes, which range in tonnage  capacity from 150 to 300
tons  and service both of the Company's yards.  The  Company  owns   six
such crawler  cranes  and  rents  the  remaining  12 cranes on a monthly
basis.   The  Company  recently  purchased  and installed  a  plasma-arc
cutting system that cuts steel up to one inch  thick  at  a  rate of two
hundred inches per minute.  The Company performs routine maintenance  on
all of its equipment.

      The  Company's  plate bending rolls allow it to roll approximately
150,000  tons  of  pipe per  year.   By  having  such  capacity  at  its
fabrication facility,  the  Company is able to coordinate all aspects of
platform construction, which  can  reduce  the  risk  of  cost overruns,
delays  in  project  completion  and  labor  costs.  In addition,  these
facilities often allow the Company to participate  as  subcontractors on
projects awarded to other contractors.  The Company's grit  blast system
can   blast  steel  at  a  rate  approximately  ten  times  faster  than
conventional  sandblasting.   This  greatly reduces labor costs and also
decreases  the  Company's  use of conventional  sandblasting,  which  is
considered to be a more hazardous  and  slower method of preparing steel
for painting.

      For  use  in connection with its inshore  construction  activities
Dolphin Services  owns  two  spud  barges.  Dolphin Services also leases
four barges for use with inshore construction activities.  Each barge is
equipped with a crane with a lifting capacity of 80 to 100 tons. Dolphin
Services also owns two Manitowoc 4100  cranes with lifting capacities of
200 to 230 tons.

Materials

      The principal materials used by the  Company  in  its  fabrication
business,  standard steel shapes, steel plate, welding gases, fuel  oil,
gasoline and paint, are currently available in adequate supply from many
sources.  The  Company  does  not  depend  upon  any  single supplier or
source.

Safety and Quality Assurance

      Management  is  concerned  with  the  safety  and  health  of  the
Company's  employees and maintains a stringent safety assurance  program
to reduce the  possibility  of  costly  accidents.  The Company's safety
department  establishes  guidelines  to  ensure   compliance   with  all
applicable  state  and  federal safety regulations and provides training
and  safety  education  through   orientations  for  new  employees  and
subcontractors,  weekly crew safety  meetings  and  first  aid  and  CPR
training.  The Company  also  employs  a registered nurse as an in-house
medic.   The  Company  has a comprehensive  drug  program  and  conducts
periodic employee health  screenings.  A safety committee, whose members
consist   of  management  representatives   and   peer   elected   field
representatives, meet monthly to discuss safety concerns and suggestions
that could  prevent  future  accidents.   The  Company  also rewards its
supervisory employees with safety bonuses based on the amount  that  the
Company  saves  under  its  self-insured  workers'  compensation program
compared  to  the existing rates of the Louisiana Worker's  Compensation
Corporation.  The  Company  has  contracted  with  a  third party safety
consultant to provide training and suggestions and a licensed  emergency
medical technician in its ongoing commitment to a safe and healthy  work
environment.    The   Company  believes  that  its  safety  program  and
commitment to quality are  vital  to  attracting and retaining customers
and employees.

      The Company fabricates to the standards  of the American Petroleum
Institute,  the  American  Welding  Society,  the  American  Society  of
Mechanical Engineers and specific customer specifications.   The Company
uses  welding  and fabrication procedures in accordance with the  latest
technology  and industry  requirements.   Training  programs  have  been
instituted to  upgrade  skilled  personnel  and  maintain  high  quality
standards.   In  addition, the Company maintains on-site facilities  for
the  x-ray  of  all  pipe  welds,  which  process  is  performed  by  an
independent  contractor.    Management   believes  that  these  programs
generally enhance the quality of its products  and  reduce  their repair
rate.

      The  Company  has  also  been certified as an ISO 9002 fabricator.
ISO  9002  is  an  internationally recognized  verification  system  for
quality management overseen  by  the International Standard Organization
based in Geneva, Switzerland.  The certification is based on a review of
the Company's programs and procedures  designed  to maintain and enhance
quality production and is subject to annual review  and recertification.
Dolphin Services is currently applying for ISO 9002 certification.

Customers and Contracting

      The  Company's customers are primarily major and  independent  oil
and gas companies.   Over  the past five years, sales of structures used
in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  by  oil   and  gas  companies  accounted  for
approximately 75% of the Company's revenue.   The balance of its revenue
was  derived  from  the fabrication of structures  exported  to  foreign
destinations, including offshore West Africa and Latin America.

      A large portion  of  the  Company's  revenue has historically been
generated  by  a  few  customers,  although  not  necessarily  the  same
customers  from  year-to-year.   For  example,  the  Company's   largest
customers  (those  which  individually  accounted  for  more than 10% of
revenue  in  a  given  year)  collectively  accounted  for 38% (Anadarko
Petroleum and British Gas), 40% (Texaco and British Gas)  and 35% (Shell
Offshore,  Global  Offshore,  Coastal  Offshore), of revenue for  fiscal
1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.  In addition, at March 1, 1997, ____%
of the Company's backlog was attributable  to  three  projects,  two  of
which were for the same customer.  Because the level of fabrication that
the  Company may provide to any particular customer depends, among other
things,  on  the  size  of  that  customer's  capital expenditure budget
devoted  to  platform construction plans in a particular  year  and  the
Company's ability  to  meet  the customer's delivery schedule, customers
that account for a significant portion of revenue in one fiscal year may
represent an immaterial portion of revenue in subsequent years.

      Most of the Company's projects  are  awarded  on  a fixed-price or
alliance/partnering  basis,  and  while  customers  may  consider  other
factors, including the availability, capability, reputation  and  safety
record  of  a  contractor,  price  and  the ability to meet a customer's
delivery schedule are the principal factors  on  which  the  Company  is
awarded  contracts.   The  Company's  contracts generally vary in length
from one month to eighteen months depending  on  the size and complexity
of the project.

      Under fixed price contracts, the Company receives  the price fixed
in the contract, subject to adjustment only for change orders  placed by
the customer.  As a result, the Company retains all cost savings  but is
also    responsible    for    all    cost   overruns.    Under   typical
alliance/partnering arrangements, the  Company and the customer agree in
advance to a target price that includes  specified  levels  of labor and
material costs and profit margins.  If the project is completed  at less
cost  than those targeted in the contract, the contract price is reduced
by a portion  of the savings.  If the cost to completion is greater than
those targeted  in  the  contract,  the contract price is increased, but
generally  to  the  target price plus the  actual  incremental  cost  of
materials    and    direct     labor    costs.     Accordingly,    under
alliance/partnering arrangements,  the  Company has some protection from
cost overruns but also shares a portion of  any  cost  savings  with the
customer.    Under   cost-plus  arrangements,  the  Company  receives  a
specified fee in excess  of its direct labor and material cost and so is
protected against cost overruns  but does not benefit directly from cost
savings.  Because the Company generally prices materials as pass-through
items on its contracts, the cost and productivity of the Company's labor
force are the primary factors affecting  the  Company's operating costs.
Consequently,  it is essential that the Company  control  the  cost  and
productivity of the direct labor hours worked on the Company's projects.
As an aid to achieving this control, the Company places a single project
manager in charge  of  the production operations related to each project
and gives significant discretion  to the project manager, with oversight
by the Company's Vice President for  Operations.   As  an  incentive  to
control   man-hours,   the  Company  gives  production  bonuses  to  its
supervisory employees if  the actual hours worked on a contract are less
than the estimated hours used  to  formulate  a  bid  for  the  project.
Although no assurance can be given that the Company will realize profits
on its current or future contracts, the Company believes that its single
project   manager  and  incentive  policies  reduce  the  likelihood  of
significant cost overruns.

Seasonality

      The Company's  operations  are  subject  to seasonal variations in
weather  conditions  and daylight hours.  Since most  of  the  company's
construction activities  take place outdoors, the number of direct labor
hours worked generally declines  in the winter months due to an increase
in  rainy and cold conditions and a  decrease  in  daylight  hours.   In
addition, the Company's customers often schedule the completion of their
projects  during  the  summer  months  in order to take advantage of the
milder  weather  during  such  months  for  the  installation  of  their
platforms.   As a result, a disproportionate portion  of  the  Company's
income has historically been earned during the second and third quarters
of the year, and the Company has occasionally incurred losses during the
first and fourth  quarters of its fiscal year.  For example, the portion
of net income earned  during  the  second and third quarters amounted to
103%, 81% and 58% of the Company's total  net  income  for  fiscal 1994,
1995  and  1996,  respectively.  Because of this seasonality, full  year
results are not likely to be a direct multiple of any particular quarter
or combination of quarters.   See  "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Competition

      The offshore platform fabrication  industry  is highly competitive
and  influenced  by  events largely outside of the control  of  offshore
platform fabrication companies.   Although  oil  and  natural gas prices
have generally increased since late 1994, as a result of the substantial
declines in oil and gas prices in 1992, 1993 and parts of 1994, many oil
and  gas  companies  significantly  decreased  their  expenditures   for
development  projects  in the Gulf of Mexico during those years.  During
that period, there was consolidation  in  the  industry  as  a number of
marine  construction  companies combined with other companies or  ceased
operations altogether.   The  remaining  companies compete intensely for
available projects, which are generally awarded  on  a  competitive  bid
basis  with  customers  usually requesting bids on projects one to three
months prior to commencement.   The  Company's  marketing staff contacts
oil and gas companies believed to have fabrication projects scheduled to
allow  the  Company  an  opportunity to bid for the projects.   Although
price  and  the contractor's  ability  to  meet  a  customer's  delivery
schedule are  the  principal  factors  in  determining  which  qualified
fabricator is awarded a contract for a project, customers also consider,
among  other  things,  the availability of technically capable personnel
and facility space, a fabricator's  efficiency,  condition of equipment,
reputation, safety record and customer relations.

      The  Company  currently  has  two primary competitors,  Aker  Gulf
Marine  and  J.Ray McDermott, S.A.,  for  the  fabrication  of  platform
jackets to be  installed  in  the Gulf of Mexico in water depths greater
than  300  feet.   In  addition to  these  two  companies,  the  Company
primarily competes with  five other fabricators for platform jackets for
intermediate water depths  from 150 feet to 300 feet.  A number of other
companies compete for projects  designed  for shallower waters.  Certain
of the Company's competitors have greater financial  and other resources
than  the Company.  At least one of the Company's competitors  also  has
fabrication  yards  located  throughout  the world, can offer a customer
engineering, design and installation services in addition to fabrication
services  and  has  deep  water  access that enables  it  to  build  and
transport jackets for use in water depths greater than 800 feet.

      The Company believes that certain  barriers exist that prevent new
companies from competing with the Company for platforms designed for use
in  water  depths  greater  than  300  feet, including  the  substantial
investment required to establish an adequate facility, the difficulty of
locating   a  facility  adjacent  to  an  adequate   waterway   due   to
environmental  and  wetland regulations, and the limited availability of
experienced  supervisory   and   management   personnel.   Although  new
companies  can  enter  the  market  for  small structures  more  easily,
management believes these factors will likely  prevent  an  increase  in
domestic competition for larger structures, especially jackets.

      The  Company  believes  that its competitive pricing, expertise in
fabricating offshore marine structures  and  its certification as an ISO
9002 fabricator will enable it to continue to  compete  effectively  for
projects  destined  for  international  waters.  The Company recognizes,
however, that foreign governments often use  subsidies and incentives to
create  jobs  where  oil  and  gas  production is being  developed.   In
addition, the additional transportation costs that will be incurred when
exporting structures from the U.S. to  foreign  locations may hinder the
Company's  ability  to  successfully  bid for projects  against  foreign
competitors.  Because of subsidies, import  duties  and  fees,  taxes on
foreign  operators and lower wage rates in foreign countries along  with
fluctuations  in  the  value  of  the U.S. dollar and other factors, the
Company may not be able to remain competitive  with  foreign contractors
for projects designed for use in international waters  as  well as those
designed for use in the Gulf of Mexico.

Backlog

      As  of  December 31, 1996, the Company's backlog was approximately
$87.1 million,  $85.7 of which management expects to be performed by
December 31, 1997.   Of the $87.1 million backlog at December 31, 1996,
approximately 88% was attributable  to three projects, two of which were
for the same customer.  The Company's  backlog  as  of March 1, 1997 was
$____ million.

      The  Company's backlog is based on management's  estimate  of  the
direct labor hours required to complete, and the remaining amounts to be
invoiced with  respect  to,  those  projects  as to which a customer has
authorized the Company to begin work or purchase  materials  pursuant to
written  contracts,  letters  of intent or other forms of authorization.
Often,  however,  management's  estimates   are   based   on  incomplete
engineering and design specifications.  As engineering and  design plans
are  finalized  or  changes  to  existing  plans  are made, management's
estimate  of the direct labor hours required to complete  and  price  at
completion  for  such  projects  is  likely to change.  In addition, all
projects  currently included in the Company's  backlog  are  subject  to
termination at the option of the customer, although the customer in that
case is generally  required  to  pay  the Company for work performed and
materials  purchased  through  the  date of  termination  and,  in  some
instances, pay the Company termination fees.

Government and Environmental Regulation

      Many  aspects  of  the  Company's operations  and  properties  are
materially affected by federal,  state  and local regulation, as well as
certain  international conventions and private  industry  organizations.
The exploration and development of oil and gas properties located on the
outer continental  shelf  of the United States is regulated primarily by
the  Minerals  Management Service  ("MMS").   The  MMS  has  promulgated
federal  regulations   under  the  Outer  Continental  Shelf  Lands  Act
requiring the construction  of  offshore  platforms located on the outer
continental  shelf  to  meet  stringent  engineering   and  construction
specifications.   Violations of these regulations and related  laws  can
result  in  substantial   civil   and  criminal  penalties  as  well  as
injunctions  curtailing  operations.   The  Company  believes  that  its
operations  are in compliance  with  these  and  all  other  regulations
affecting the  fabrication  of  platforms  for  delivery  to  the  outer
continental  shelf  of  the  United  States.   In  addition, the Company
depends  on the demand for its services from the oil  and  gas  industry
and, therefore,  is affected by changing taxes, price controls and other
laws and regulations relating to the oil and gas industry.  In addition,
offshore construction and drilling in certain areas have been opposed by
environmental groups and, in certain areas, has been restricted.  To the
extent laws are enacted  or  other  governmental  actions are taken that
prohibit  or  restrict  offshore  construction  and drilling  or  impose
environmental protection requirements that result  in increased costs to
the  oil  and  gas  industry  in  general and the offshore  construction
industry in particular, the business  and prospects of the Company could
be  adversely affected.  The Company cannot  determine  to  what  extent
future  operations  and  earnings  of the Company may be affected by new
legislation, new regulations or changes in existing regulations.

      The Company's operations and properties  are  subject  to  a  wide
variety  of  increasingly  complex and stringent foreign, federal, state
and local environmental laws  and regulations, including those governing
discharges into the air and water,  the  handling  and disposal of solid
and   hazardous   wastes,   the  remediation  of  soil  and  groundwater
contaminated  by hazardous substances  and  the  health  and  safety  of
employees.  These laws may provide for "strict liability" for damages to
natural resources  and  threats to public health and safety, rendering a
party liable for the environmental  damage  without regard to negligence
or  fault on the part of such party.  Sanctions  for  noncompliance  may
include  revocation of permits, corrective action orders, administrative
or civil penalties and criminal prosecution.  Certain environmental laws
provide for  strict,  joint  and  several  liability  for remediation of
spills and other releases of hazardous substances, as well  as damage to
natural  resources.   In addition, the Company may be subject to  claims
alleging personal injury  or  property  damage  as  a  result of alleged
exposure  to hazardous substances.  Such laws and regulations  may  also
expose the  Company to liability for the conduct of or conditions caused
by others, or  for  acts of the Company that were in compliance with all
applicable laws at the time such acts were performed.

      The  Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,  Compensation,  and
Liability  Act  of  1980,  as  amended,  and similar  laws  provide  for
responses to and liability for releases of hazardous substances into the
environment.  Additionally, the Clean Air  Act, the Clean Water Act, the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the
Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act, each as amended, and
similar  foreign, state or local counterparts  to  these  federal  laws,
regulate air  emissions,  water  discharges,  hazardous  substances  and
wastes,  and  require  public  disclosure  related to the use of various
hazardous  substances.   Compliance  with such  environmental  laws  and
regulations   may  require  the  acquisition   of   permits   or   other
authorizations  for  certain  activities  and  compliance  with  various
standards  or  procedural  requirements.   The Company believes that its
facilities  are  in  substantial  compliance  with   current  regulatory
standards.

      The Company's operations are also governed by laws and regulations
relating   to   workplace  safety  and  worker  health,  primarily   the
Occupational  Safety   and   Health   Act  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.   In  addition,  various  other   governmental   and  quasi-
governmental  agencies  require  the  Company to obtain certain permits,
licenses and certificates with respect  to  its operations.  The kind of
permits, licenses and certificates required in  the Company's operations
depend upon a number of factors.  The Company believes  that  it has all
material permits, licenses and certificates necessary to the conduct  of
its existing business.

      The  Company's  compliance  with  these  laws  and regulations has
entailed   certain   additional   expenses   and  changes  in  operating
procedures.  The Company believes that compliance  with  these  laws and
regulations  will  not  have  a material adverse effect on the Company's
business or financial condition  for  the  foreseeable future.  However,
future events, such as changes in existing laws and regulations or their
interpretation,  more  vigorous  enforcement  policies   of   regulatory
agencies, or stricter or different interpretations of existing  laws and
regulations,  may require additional expenditures by the Company,  which
expenditures may be material.

      Pursuant   to  the  Dolphin  Acquisition,  the  Company  also  has
employees engaged  in  the  offshore  operations  which  are  covered by
provisions of the Jones Act, the Death on the High Seas Act and  general
maritime   law,   which  laws  operate  to  make  the  liability  limits
established under state workers' compensation laws inapplicable to these
employees and, instead,  permit  them or their representatives to pursue
actions against the Company for damages  or  job  related injuries, with
generally  no  limitations  on the Company's potential  liability.   The
Company's ownership and operation  of vessels can give rise to large and
varied liability risks, such as risks  of  collisions with other vessels
or structures, sinkings, fires and other marine  casualties,  which  can
result  in  significant  claims for damages against both the Company and
third parties for, among other  things, personal injury, death, property
damage, pollution and loss of business.

      In  addition to government regulation,  various  private  industry
organizations,  such  as  the American Petroleum Institute, the American
Society  of  Mechanical Engineers  and  the  American  Welding  Society,
promulgate  technical   standards   that  must  be  adhered  to  in  the
fabrication process.

Insurance

      The Company maintains insurance  against property damage caused by
fire, flood, explosion and similar catastrophic  events  that may result
in  physical  damage  or  destruction to the Company's facilities.   All
policies are subject to deductibles and other coverage limitations.  The
Company also maintains a builder's  risk  policy  for  its  construction
projects  and  general liability insurance.  The Company is self-insured
for workers' compensation  liability  except  for  losses  in  excess of
$300,000 per occurrence for Louisiana workers' compensation and for U.S.
longshoreman  and  harbor workers' coverage.  The Company also maintains
maritime employer's  liability  insurance.  Although management believes
that the Company's insurance is adequate, there can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to maintain  adequate  insurance at rates which
management  considers  commercially reasonable, nor  can  there  be  any
assurance such coverage  will  be  adequate to cover all claims that may
arise.

Legal Proceedings

      The Company is one of four defendants in a lawsuit (AGIP Petroleum
Co.  Inc.  v.  Gulf  Island  Fabrication,  Inc., McDermott Incorporated,
Snamprogetti  USA,  Inc. and Petro-Marine Engineering  of  Texas,  Inc.,
Civil Action No. H-94-3382, United States Federal District Court for the
Southern District of  Texas)  in  which  AGIP  Petroleum  Co.  Inc. (the
"Plaintiff")  claims  that  the  Company  improperly  installed  certain
attachments  to a jacket that it had fabricated for the Plaintiff.   The
Plaintiff  and   its  installation  contractor  decided  to  remove  the
attachments prior  to placing the jacket in its intended location in the
Gulf  of  Mexico  and modified  the  offshore  installation  plan.   The
installation was unsuccessful  and the jacket, after retrieval, required
repair and refurbishment.  The Plaintiff,  which  has  recovered most of
its  out-of-pocket  losses  from its own insurer, seeks to  recover  the
remainder of its claimed out-of-pocket losses (approximately $1 million)
and approximately $63 million  for economic losses  which  it  alleges  
resulted  from  the  delay  in  oil  and gas production that was caused  
by  these   events and punitive damages.  Co-defendants   with   the
Company include the installation contractor,  the firm that acted as the
Plaintiff's agent in supervising the fabrication and installation of the
jacket  and  the  design  engineer  that  provided engineering  services
related to the design and installation of the  jacket.   The Company has
received  certain  favorable  rulings  from the Court, particularly  the
Court's ruling that the Company is not liable  for  economic losses with
respect  to  certain  of  the  Plaintiff's principal causes  of  action;
however, the Plaintiff could appeal  these  rulings  in the future.  The
Company  believes  that  it  has  meritorious defenses to the  remaining
claims of the Plaintiff.  In addition,  the  Company  believes  that  it
should  be entitled to coverage as an additional named insured under the
Plaintiff's  builders  risk  insurance  policy relating to this project,
although  the  insurer  has  not  admitted  coverage.   The  Company  is
vigorously contesting the Plaintiff's claims and, based on the Company's
analysis of the Plaintiff's claims and the Company's  defenses  thereto,
the  Court's rulings received to date and the availability of  insurance
coverage  under  the  Plaintiff's  builders  risk  policy,  the  Company
believes  that  its  liability  for  such  claims,  if  any, will not be
material  to  its  financial  position.   In  view  of the uncertainties
inherent in litigation, however, no assurance can be  given  as  to  the
ultimate outcome of such claims.

      The Company is a party to various other routine  legal proceedings
primarily involving commercial claims, workers' compensation claims, and
claims for personal injury under the General Maritime Laws of the United
States  and  the Jones Act.  While the outcome of these lawsuits,  legal
proceedings and  claims  cannot  be predicted with certainty, management
believes that the outcome of all such  proceedings,  even  if determined
adversely,  would  not  have  a material adverse effect on the Company's
business or financial condition.

Employees

      The Company's workforce varies  based  on  the  level  of  ongoing
fabrication activity at any particular time.  During 1996, the number of
Company employees ranged from approximately 420 to more than 520.  As of
March  1, 1997, the Company had approximately _____ employees.  None  of
the Company's  employees is employed pursuant to a collective bargaining
agreement, and the  Company  believes  that  its  relationship  with its
employees is good.

      The  Company's ability to remain productive and profitable depends
substantially  on its ability to attract and retain skilled construction
workers,  primarily   welders,  fitters  and  equipment  operators.   In
addition,  the  Company's  ability  to  expand  its  operations  depends
primarily on its  ability  to  increase its labor force.  The demand for
such workers is high and the supply  is  extremely  limited.   While the
Company believes its relationship with its skilled labor force is  good,
a  significant  increase  in the wages paid by competing employers could
result in a reduction in the Company's skilled labor force, increases in
the  wage rates paid by the  Company,  or  both.   If  either  of  these
occurred,  in  the  near-term,  the profits expected by the Company from
work in progress could be reduced  or  eliminated and, in the long-term,
to  the  extent  such wage increases could  not  be  passed  on  to  the
Company's customers,  the  production  capacity  of the Company could be
diminished and the growth potential of the Company could be impaired.

      As part of an effort to increase and improve  its  workforce,  the
Company  recently  hired  a  full-time  recruiter responsible for
coordinating all aspects of the Company's recruiting efforts, instituted
and enhanced several incentive programs for  its  current  employees and
expanded its training facility.  The Company has facilities to train its
employees on productivity and safety matters.  The Company is  committed
to  training  its  employees  and  offers  advancement  through in-house
training programs.

<PAGE>
                                  
                                  MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

      The  following  table sets forth, as of January 31, 1997,  certain
information  with respect  to  the  Company's  directors  and  executive
officers.

        Name                Age                Position
    __________           ________          ________________

Alden J. Laborde            81    Chairman of the Board of Directors
Kerry J. Chauvin            49    President, Chief Executive Officer
                                  and Director
William A. Downey           50    Vice President - Operations
Murphy A. Bourke            51    Vice President - Marketing
Joseph P. Gallagher, III    46    Vice President - Finance, Chief
                                  Financial Officer, Treasurer and
                                  Secretary
Gregory J. Cotter           48    Director
Thomas E. Fairley           48    Director
Hugh J. Kelly               71    Director
John P. "Jack" Laborde      47    Director
Huey J. Wilson              68    Director


      Alden J.  "Doc" Laborde has served as Chairman of the Board of the
Company since 1986  and as a director since 1985.  He also served as the
Company's Chief Executive  Officer  from  1986  to  January  1990.   Mr.
Laborde founded ODECO, Inc., an offshore  drilling contractor ("ODECO"),
and served as its Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer from
1953   to   1977.    In   1954,   Mr.  Laborde  founded  Tidewater  Inc.
("Tidewater"), a supplier of offshore  marine  transportation  and other
services, and served as a director of Tidewater from 1978 to 1986 and as
director  emeritus  from  1986 to September 1993.  Mr. Laborde graduated
from the United States Naval  Academy  with  a degree in engineering and
served in World War II as a combat officer.  Mr.  Laborde  is the father
of John P. "Jack" Laborde.

      Kerry J. Chauvin has served as the Company's President  and  as  a
director since the Company's inception and has served as Chief Executive
Officer  since  January  1990.  Mr. Chauvin also served as the Company's
Chief Operating Officer from  January 1989 to January 1990.  He has over
20  years of experience in the fabrication  industry  including  serving
from 1979 to 1984 as President of Delta Fabrication, the assets of which
were  purchased by the Company in 1985, and as Executive Vice President,
General  Manager  and Manager of Engineering with Delta Fabrication from
1977 to 1979.  From  1973  to 1977, he was employed by Delta Shipyard as
Manager of New Construction and as a Project Manager.  Mr. Chauvin holds
both an M.B.A. degree and a  B.S.  degree in Mechanical Engineering from
Louisiana State University.  Mr. Chauvin is on the board of directors of
First  National  Bank  of  Houma, the parent  company  of  which,  First
National  Bancshares,  has  securities  listed  on  the  American  Stock
Exchange.

      William A. Downey has been  Vice  President  -  Operations  of the
Company  since  1985.   From 1980 to 1984, Mr. Downey served as the Vice
President of Engineering  of  Delta  Fabrication.  With over 20 years of
experience  in  the  fabrication industry,  he  has  served  in  various
capacities with Avondale  Industries,  Inc.,  including  Senior  Project
Manager and Senior Cost & Design Analyst, and has also been employed  by
Sanderson  Enterprises,  Inc.  and  Mission Drilling & Exploration Corp.
Mr.  Downey  received  his  B.S. degree in  Industrial  Technology  from
Southeastern Louisiana University in 1971.

      Murphy A. Bourke has been  Vice  President  -  Marketing since the
Company  began  operations  in  1985.   Mr. Bourke also served  as  Vice
President Marketing for Delta Fabrication  from  1979 to 1984 and as the
General  Sales Manager of Louisiana State Liquor Distributors,  Inc.,  a
beverage distributor,  from  1972  to  1979.   He holds a B.A. degree in
marketing from Southeastern Louisiana University.

      Joseph  P.  "Duke"  Gallagher, III was elected  Vice  President  -
Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company in January 1997.  Mr.
Gallagher has been the Company's  Controller  since  1985, the Treasurer
since 1986 and Secretary since January 1993.  Mr. Gallagher  also served
as  Secretary from 1986 to 1990.  From 1981 to 1985, he was employed  as
the Controller  of  TBW  Industries,  Incorporated,  a  manufacturer  of
machinery  and  pressure vessels, and from 1979 to 1981 as the Assistant
Controller of Brock  Exploration  Corporation, a publicly traded oil and
gas exploration company.  Mr. Gallagher,  a Certified Public Accountant,
also worked as a Senior Auditor for the accounting  firm  A.A.  Harmon &
Co.,  CPA's Inc.  He received a B.S. degree in Production Management  in
1973 from the University of Southwestern Louisiana.

      Gregory  J.  Cotter  has been a director of the Company since 1985
and has served as a non-compensated  financial  advisor  to  the Company
since  its  formation.   Mr.  Cotter  has  also  been  President,  Chief
Operating and Financial Officer and a director of Huey Wilson Interests,
Inc.  since  January 1989.  Mr. Cotter also served in that capacity from
1985 through 1986.   During  1987  and  1988,  Mr. Cotter was President,
Chief  Operating Officer and a director of Great  American  Corporation,
then a publicly  traded  multibank holding company.  Since October 1989,
Mr.  Cotter  has served as President,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  a
director of Wilson  Jewelers,  Inc.   From  1977 to 1985, Mr. Cotter was
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  of H. J. Wilson, Co.,
Inc.,  then  a  publicly traded jewelry and retail merchandising  chain.
Mr. Cotter received  his B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering in 1970 and
his M.B.A. in 1972, both from Tulane University.

      Thomas E. Fairley  has  served  as a director of the Company since
January 1997 and is the Chairman of the  Board,  Chief Executive Officer
and  President  of  Trico  Marine Services, Inc. ("Trico"),  a  publicly
traded marine vessel operator.   He  has  served  in that capacity since
October   1993  and  as  President  of  Trico  Marine  Operations,   the
predecessor of Trico, since 1980.  From 1978 to 1980, Mr. Fairley served
as Vice President  of  Trans  Marine  International,  an offshore marine
service company and wholly-owned subsidiary of GATX Leasing Corporation.
From   1975   to  1978,  Mr.  Fairley  served  as  General  Manager   of
International Logistics,  Inc., a company engaged in the offshore marine
industry.  Prior to 1975, Mr. Fairley held various positions with Petrol
Marine Company, an offshore marine service company.

      Hugh J. Kelly has served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since
January  1997,  and has been an oil and gas consultant since 1989.  From
1977 to 1989, Mr.  Kelly served as the Chief Executive Officer of ODECO.
Mr. Kelly is a director  of  Tidewater,  Hibernia  Corporation (regional
bank  holding  company),  Chieftain  International, Inc.  (oil  and  gas
exploration  and development concern),  Baroid  Corporation  (an  energy
services and equipment  provider)  and  Central  Louisiana  Electric Co.
(electric utility company).

      John  P.  "Jack"  Laborde has served as a director of the  Company
since January 1997.  Mr.  Laborde  is the Chief Executive Officer of All
Aboard Development Corporation, an independent  oil  and gas exploration
and production company.  He has served in that capacity since April 1996
and  as  a  Vice President since April 1992.  Mr. Laborde  served  as  a
consultant to  the Company from April 1996 to December 1996.  From April
1992 to March 1996,  Mr.  Laborde  served as the International Marketing
Manager  of  the Company.  From 1978 to  1992,  Mr.  Laborde  served  in
various capacities,  including Vice President - International Operations
and Marketing Manager,  for  ODECO.   Mr.  Laborde  received his B.S. in
Civil  Engineering  in  1971  and his M.B.A. in 1973, both  from  Tulane
University.  Jack Laborde is the son of Alden J. Laborde.

      Huey J. Wilson, one of the  Company's  founding  shareholders, was
elected director in January 1997.  Mr. Wilson founded H.J.  Wilson, Co.,
Inc. ("Wilson's"), a jewelry and retail merchandising chain that grew to
become the largest publicly traded company headquartered in Baton Rouge,
Louisiana.  He was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive  Officer of
Wilson's  from  1957  to  1985,  when it was sold to Service Merchandise
Company.  Until June 1993, Mr. Wilson  served  as  Chairman of the Board
since  1982, Chief Executive Officer since 1983, and  a  director  since
1973 of  Great  American  Corporation,  a then publicly traded multibank
holding company.  Currently, Mr. Wilson is the Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer of Huey Wilson Interests,  Inc., a financial and
business  management  company he founded in 1985, and  Chairman  of  the
Board and Chief Executive  Officer  of  Wilson Jewelers, Inc., a jewelry
store chain he established in 1989.

      The Company's Articles of Incorporation  ("Articles")  and By-laws
provide  for the Board of Directors to be divided into three classes  of
directors  with  each class to be as nearly equal in number of directors
as possible, with  directors  serving  staggered  three-year terms.  The
terms of the Class I directors, Messrs. Fairley and  Kelly,  will expire
in 1998.  The terms of the Class II directors, Messrs. Cotter  and  Jack
Laborde,  will expire in 1999, and the terms of the Class III directors,
Messrs. Chauvin,  Wilson  and  Alden Laborde, will expire in 2000.  Each
director serves until the end of  his  term  or  until  his successor is
elected  and  qualified.  See "Description of Capital Stock  --  Certain
Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions of the Articles and By-laws."

Director Compensation

      Each director  who  is  not  an employee of the Company is paid an
annual director's fee of $12,000 plus $1,000 for each board or committee
meeting attended.  All directors are  reimbursed  for reasonable out-of-
pocket expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings.

Committees

      The  Company's  Board  of  Directors  has  established   an  Audit
Committee and a Compensation Committee.  The Audit Committee reviews the
Company's  annual audit and meets with the Company's independent  public
accountants  to  review  the  Company's  internal controls and financial
management practices.  The current members  of  the  Audit Committee are
Messrs. Cotter, Fairley and Jack Laborde.

      The  Compensation Committee recommends to the Board  of  Directors
compensation  for the Company's key employees, administers the Company's
stock incentive  plan  and  performs  such  other  functions  as  may be
prescribed  by  the  Board  of  Directors.   The  current members of the
Compensation Committee are Messrs. Alden Laborde, Wilson and Kelly.

Executive Compensation

      The following table summarizes the compensation  paid to its Chief
Executive  Officer  and  each  of its most highly compensated  executive
officers for the year ended December 31, 1996.  No other employee of the
Company earned more than $100,000 in 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      
    Name and Principal Position        Year     Annual Compensation   
    ____________________________      ______   _____________________  All Other
                                               Salary     Bonus<F1>  Compensation<F2>
                                               ______     __________ _____________
<S>                                    <C>    <C>         <C>          <C>
Kerry J. Chauvin, President and         
  Chief Executive Officer ..........   1996   $199,370    $162,777     $5,736
William A. Downey, Vice President -  
  Operations .......................   1996    124,400      81,389     11,540
Murphy A. Bourke, Vice President -   
  Marketing ........................   1996    120,417      81,389      4,582
Joseph P. Gallagher, III, Vice  
  President - Finance and Chief
  Financial Officer.................   1996     80,860      26,858      2,943

_________________________
<FN>
<F1>  For fiscal 1996, the Board  of  Directors  voted to pay bonuses to
      the  Company's  executive officers based on a  percentage  of  the
      Company's income before taxes, adjusted for the bonuses and a non-
      recurring compensation charge (the "Profit Participation Amount").
      In 1996, Messrs.  Chauvin,  Downey, Bourke and Gallagher were paid
      bonuses equal to 2%, 1%, 1% and  1/3%, respectively, of the Profit
      Participation  Amount.   The  Compensation   Committee   presently
      intends to pay 1997 bonuses to these executive officers that  will
      be  similarly calculated, except that it has been recommended that
      Mr. Gallagher's  bonus  be 2/3% of the Profit Participation Amount
      in 1997.

<F2>  Includes (i) matching contributions  of $4,750, $4,289, $4,172 and
      $2,631 to the Company's 401(k) plan on  behalf of Messrs. Chauvin,
      Downey, Bourke and Gallagher, respectively,  (ii) premium payments
      in  the amount of $410, $410, $410 and $312 for  Messrs.  Chauvin,
      Downey,  Bourke  and  Gallagher,  respectively,  under a long-term
      disability insurance plan, which premium payments are attributable
      to  benefits  in  excess  of  those provided generally  for  other
      employees, and (iii) personal use  of  a  company  vehicle  in the
      amount  of  $576  and  $6,841  for  Messrs.  Chauvin  and  Downey,
      respectively.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

      Prior  to  January  31,  1997,  the  Board  of  Directors  had  no
compensation committee, and Mr. Chauvin participated in deliberations of
the   Company's   Board   of   Directors  concerning  executive  officer
compensation.

Compensation Pursuant to Plans

      Retirement Plan.  In 1988, the Company implemented the Gulf Island
Fabrication, Inc. Qualified Retirement  Plan  (the  "Retirement  Plan"),
which has both a profit sharing and a 401(k) savings plan feature.   The
Retirement  Plan  permits  each  employee (other than non-resident alien
employees and employees covered by  collective bargaining agreements, of
which the Company has none) to become  a  participant  in the Retirement
Plan on the first day of each month (an entry date) following the latest
of  the  employee's  completion  of  three months of employment  or  the
attainment of age 18.

      The Company makes an annual contribution,  if  any,  to the profit
sharing  feature  in  an  amount  determined  by the Board of Directors.
Subject   to  certain  limitations  required  by  law,   the   Company's
contribution is allocated to each participant in the proportion that the
total compensation  paid  by  the Company to such participant during the
plan year bears to the aggregate compensation paid by the Company to all
participants during the plan year.

      Under the savings plan feature of the Retirement Plan, each active
participant may elect, subject  to  certain limitations required by law,
to defer, on a pre-tax basis, payment  of  up  to  15%  of  his  or  her
compensation  and  have  this  amount credited to the participant's Plan
account.  The Company contributes  to  the account of each participant a
matching contribution equal to 50% of such  participant's  contributions
that are not in excess of 6% of compensation.  The savings plan  feature
also  provides  for  additional  Company  contributions,  if any, at the
discretion  of  the  Board.  Subject to certain limitations required  by
law, the Company's discretionary  match is allocated to each participant
in  the  proportion that the total matching  contribution  paid  by  the
Company to  such participant during the plan year bears to the aggregate
matching contribution paid by the Company to all participants during the
plan year.

      In accordance  with  the  employee's  instructions, all funds in a
participant's account are invested in one or more of the four investment
alternatives  of Invesco Trust Company, the Plan's  trustee,  which  are
designated by the plan administrator.

      Employee  contributions  to  the savings plan feature and earnings
thereon are 100% vested at all times.  Contributions by the Company, and
earnings thereon, vest based on the  participant's years of service with
the Company, vesting 20% after two years  of  service  and increasing in
20% increments with each additional year of service, thus  becoming 100%
vested   following  six  years  of  service.   All  contributions  vest,
regardless of years of service, upon termination of employment by reason
of death or  disability,  attainment  of  age  65  or the termination or
discontinuance of the Retirement Plan.  After termination of employment,
an employee is entitled to receive a lump-sum distribution of his or her
entire vested interest in the Retirement Plan.

      During  the  1996  plan  year,  the Company made contributions  of
$125,000 to the profit sharing feature, contributions of $292,000 to the
match feature, and contributions of $125,000  to the discretionary match
feature of the Retirement Plan.  For amounts credited to the accounts of
Messrs. Chauvin, Downey, Bourke and Gallagher,  see  "-- Compensation of
Executive Officers."

      Long-Term Incentive Plan.  In February 1997, the  Company  adopted
and  its  shareholders  approved the Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "1997
Plan") to provide long-term  incentives  to its key employees, including
officers and directors who are employees of  the  Company (the "Eligible
Employees").   Under  the  1997  Plan,  which  is  administered  by  the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, the  Company may grant
incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted  stock,
stock  awards  or any combination thereof (the "Incentives") to Eligible
Employees.  The Compensation Committee will establish the exercise price
of any stock options granted under the Incentive Plan, provided that the
exercise price may  not be less than the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of  grant.   The  option exercise price may be paid in
cash, in Common Stock held for at least  six months, in a combination of
cash and Common Stock, or through a broker-assisted exercise arrangement
approved by the Compensation Committee.

      A  total  of  500,000 shares of Common  Stock  are  available  for
issuance under the 1997  Plan.   Incentives with respect to no more than
200,000 shares of Common Stock may  be  granted  to  any single Eligible
Employee in one calendar year.  Proportionate adjustments  will  be made
to  the  number of shares subject to the 1997 Plan, including the shares
subject to outstanding Incentives, in the event of any recapitalization,
stock dividend,  stock  split,  combination of shares or other change in
the Common Stock.  In the event of  such adjustments, the purchase price
of  any  outstanding  option  will be adjusted  as  and  to  the  extent
appropriate, in the reasonable discretion of the compensation Committee,
to provide participants with the  same  relative rights before and after
such adjustment.

      All outstanding Incentives will automatically  become  exercisable
and  fully  vested  and  all  performance criteria will be deemed to  be
waived by the Company upon (i) a reorganization, merger or consolidation
of the Company in which the Company  is  not  the surviving entity, (ii)
the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (iii)
a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, (iv)  a  person or group of
persons,  other  than  Messrs. Alden Laborde or Wilson or  any  employee
benefit plan of the Company,  becoming  the  beneficial  owner of 30% or
more of the Company's voting stock or (v) the replacement  of a majority
of the Board in a contested election (a "Significant Transaction").  The
Committee  also  has  the  authority  to  take several actions regarding
outstanding Incentives upon the occurrence of a Significant Transaction,
including requiring that outstanding options remain exercisable only for
a  limited  time,  providing  for  mandatory conversion  of  outstanding
options in exchange for either a cash  payment  or  Common Stock, making
equitable  adjustments  to  Incentives  or  providing  that  outstanding
options   will  become  options  relating  to  securities  to  which   a
participant  would have been entitled in connection with the Significant
Transaction if the options had been exercised.

      As of the  date  of  this  Prospectus, options to purchase 106,500
shares  of  Common  Stock  have been granted  under  the  1997  Plan  to
employees of the Company, including  options to purchase 48,000, 22,500,
20,000,  and  16,000  shares  to  Messrs. Chauvin,  Downey,  Bourke  and
Gallagher, respectively.  All of the  options  granted as of the date of
this Prospectus under the 1997 Plan have a ten-year  term,  an  exercise
price  equal  to  the  initial  public offering price per share and will
become exercisable five years from the date of grant.

Limitation of Directors' and Officers' Liability and Indemnification

      In  accordance  with  Louisiana   law,   the   Company's  Articles
(described  further below) contain provisions eliminating  the  personal
liability of  directors and officers to the Company and its shareholders
for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duties as directors
or officers, except  for  (i) a breach of a director's or officer's duty
of loyalty to the Company or  its  shareholders,  (ii) acts or omissions
not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct  or  a  knowing
violation  of  law,  (iii) dividends or stock repurchases or redemptions
that are illegal under Louisiana law and (iv) any transaction from which
a director or officer  receives  an  improper  personal  benefit.   As a
result  of  the inclusion of such provisions, shareholders may be unable
to recover monetary  damages  against  directors or officers for actions
taken by them that constitute negligence or gross negligence or that are
in violation of their fiduciary duties,  although  it may be possible to
obtain  injunctive  or  other  equitable  relief  with respect  to  such
actions.   If  equitable  remedies  are  found  not to be  available  to
shareholders  in  any particular case, shareholders  may  not  have  any
effective remedy against the challenged conduct.

      The  Company believes  that  these  provisions  are  necessary  to
attract and  retain  qualified  individuals  to  serve  as directors and
officers.   In  addition,  such  provisions  will  allow  directors  and
officers  to  perform  their duties in good faith without undue  concern
about personal liability  if  a  court  finds their conduct to have been
negligent  or  grossly  negligent.   On the other  hand,  the  potential
remedies available to a Company shareholder  will  be limited, and it is
possible,  although  unlikely, that directors or officers  protected  by
these provisions may not demonstrate the same level of diligence or care
that they would otherwise demonstrate.

      The  Company's  By-laws  require  the  Company  to  indemnify  its
officers and directors  against  certain  expenses and costs, judgments,
settlements and fines incurred in the defense  of  any  claim, including
any claim brought by or in the right of the Company, to which  they were
made  parties  by  reason of being or having been officers or directors,
subject to certain conditions  and  limitations.   The By-law provisions
that  govern  such  indemnification are included as an  exhibit  to  the
Company's Registration Statement, of which this Prospectus forms a part.

      Each of the Company's directors and executive officers has entered
into an indemnity agreement  with  the  Company,  pursuant  to which the
Company has agreed under certain circumstances to purchase and  maintain
directors'  and  officers'  liability  insurance.   The  agreements also
provide  that  the  Company  will indemnify the directors and  executive
officers  against any costs and  expenses,  judgments,  settlements  and
fines incurred  in  connection  with  any  claim involving a director or
executive officer by reason of his position  as  director  or  executive
officer  that  are  in  excess  of  the  coverage  provided  by any such
insurance, provided that the director or executive officer meets certain
standards  of  conduct.   A form of indemnity agreement containing  such
standards  of  conduct  is included  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Company's
Registration Statement, of  which  this  Prospectus forms a part.  Under
the indemnity agreements, the Company is not  required  to  purchase and
maintain  directors'  and  officers'  liability  insurance if it is  not
reasonably  available or, in the reasonable judgment  of  the  Board  of
Directors, there  is  insufficient  benefit  to  the  Company  from  the
insurance.

<PAGE>
                            PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

      The  following  table sets forth, as of February 13, 1997, certain
information regarding beneficial  ownership  of  the Common Stock by (i)
each shareholder known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more
than  5%  of  the outstanding Common Stock, (ii) each  director  of  the
Company, (iii)  each of the Company's executive officers and (iv) all of
the Company's directors  and  executive  officers  as  a  group.  Unless
otherwise  indicated, the Company believes that the shareholders  listed
below have sole investment and voting power with respect to their shares
based on information furnished to the Company by such shareholders.

Name of Beneficial Owner         Number of Shares    Percent of Outstanding
                                 Beneficially Owned     Common Stock
                                 __________________  ______________________
                                                       Before      After
                                                      Offering    Offering
                                                     __________  __________

Alden J. Laborde<F1>                  1,416,100           36%       23%
Huey J. Wilson<F1>                    1,725,500           49%       31%
Kerry J. Chauvin                         21,000            *         *
William A. Downey                        10,500            *         *
Murphy A. Bourke                         10,500            *         *
Joseph P. Gallagher, III                  7,000            *         *
John P. "Jack" Laborde                   28,000<F2>        *         *
All directors and executive officers 
  as a group (10 persons)             3,190,600           91%       58%
________________
*Less than one percent.
<F1>  The address of Alden J. Laborde is 210 Baronne Street, Suite 1042,
      New Orleans,  Louisiana  70112.   The address of Huey J. Wilson is
      Suite  650,  3636  S.  Sherwood  Forest  Boulevard,  Baton  Rouge,
      Louisiana 70816.
<F2>  Includes 11,200 shares which Mr. Jack  Laborde  may  be  deemed to
      beneficially own that are owned by his minor child.

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

      Prior  to  the completion of the Offering, the Company intends  to
distribute  to  its   current   shareholders   in  connection  with  the
termination  of the Company's S Corporation status  approximately  $15.0
million, which  amount  represents undistributed earnings of the Company
on which the current shareholders  will  have incurred federal and state
income taxes.  Directors and executive officers  of  the Company who are
also  shareholders  will receive, in the aggregate, approximately  $13.5
million as a result of this distribution.

      The Company has  entered into a registration rights agreement (the
"Registration Rights Agreement")  with Messrs. Alden Laborde and Wilson,
pursuant to which Messrs. Alden Laborde  and  Wilson have limited rights
to require the Company to register shares of Common  Stock owned by them
under  the  Securities  Act.   Under the Registration Rights  Agreement,
after the consummation of the Offering,  each  of  Messrs. Alden Laborde
and  Wilson  is  entitled  to two demand registrations.   If  either  of
Messrs. Laborde or Wilson makes  such a demand, the other is entitled to
include his shares in such registration.

      If the Company proposes to register  any  Common  Stock  under the
Securities  Act  in  connection  with a public offering, each of Messrs.
Laborde and Wilson may require the  Company  to include all or a portion
of the shares of Common Stock held by such shareholder.  The Company has
agreed to pay all the expenses of registration  under  the  Registration
Rights  Agreement,  other  than  underwriting discounts and commissions.
See  "Risk  Factors--Shares Eligible  for  Future  Resale;  Registration
Rights."

<PAGE>                         
                         
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

      The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 20,000,000
shares of Common  Stock, no par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, no  par  value  per  share,  issuable  in  series  (the
"Preferred Stock").  As of February 14, 1997, 3,500,000 shares of Common
Stock  were  outstanding and held of record by approximately 33 persons,
and no shares  of  Preferred  Stock  were  outstanding.   Prior  to  the
Offering,  there  has  been  no  public  market  for  the  Common Stock.
Although  application has been made to have the Common Stock  listed  on
the Nasdaq  National Market, there can be no assurance that a market for
the Common Stock  will develop or, if developed, will be sustained.  See
"Risk Factors -- No  Prior  Market; Possible Volatility of Market Price;
Dilution."   The following description  of  the  capital  stock  of  the
Company is qualified  in  its  entirety  by  reference  to the Company's
Articles  and  By-laws,  copies  of which are filed as exhibits  to  the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

Common Stock

      Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share
of Common Stock held of record on  all matters on which shareholders are
entitled to vote; shareholders may not  cumulate  votes for the election
of directors.  Subject to any preferences accorded to the holders of the
Preferred Stock, if and when issued by the Board of  Directors,  holders
of  Common  Stock  are  entitled  to dividends at such times and in such
amounts as the Board of Directors may  determine.  The Company currently
does  not  intend  to  pay  dividends for the  foreseeable  future.   In
addition, the Company's Bank  Credit  Facility  contains provisions that
limit the Company from paying dividends to holders  of its Common Stock.
See  "Risk  Factors  --  Dividends"  and  "Dividend Policy."   Upon  the
dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the  Company, after payment of
debts,  expenses  and  the  liquidation  preference  plus   any  accrued
dividends  on any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the holders  of
Common Stock  will  be  entitled  to receive all remaining assets of the
Company ratably in proportion to the  number  of  shares  held  by them.
Holders  of  Common Stock have no preemptive, subscription or conversion
rights and are not subject to further calls or assessments, or rights of
redemption by  the Company.  The outstanding shares of Common Stock are,
and the shares of  Common  Stock  being  sold  in  the Offering will be,
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

      The  Company's  Board  of  Directors  has  the authority,  without
approval of the stockholders, to issue shares of Preferred  Stock in one
or  more  series and to fix the number of shares and rights, preferences
and limitations of each series.  Among the specific matters with respect
to the Preferred  Stock that may be determined by the Board of Directors
are the dividend rights,  the  redemption  price, if any, the terms of a
sinking fund, if any, the amount payable in  the  event of any voluntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs  of  the  Company,
conversion rights, if any, and voting powers, if any.

      One  of  the  effects  of the existence of authorized but unissued
Common Stock and undesignated Preferred Stock may be to enable the Board
of Directors to make more difficult  or  to  discourage  an  attempt  to
obtain  control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy
contest or  otherwise,  and  thereby  to  protect  the continuity of the
Company's management.  If, in the exercise of its fiduciary obligations,
the  Board of Directors were to determine that a takeover  proposal  was
not in  the  Company's best interest, such shares could be issued by the
Board  of  Directors   without  stockholder  approval  in  one  or  more
transactions that might  prevent  or  make  more difficult or costly the
completion of the takeover transaction by diluting  the  voting or other
rights  of  the  proposed  acquiror  or insurgent stockholder group,  by
creating a substantial voting block in institutional or other hands that
might  undertake  to support the position  of  the  incumbent  Board  of
Directors, by effecting an acquisition that might complicate or preclude
the takeover, or otherwise.   In  this  regard,  the  Company's Articles
grant  the  Board of Directors broad power to establish the  rights  and
preferences of  the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock, one or more
series of which could  be  issued that would entitle holders (i) to vote
separately as a class on any  proposed  merger or consolidation, (ii) to
cast a proportionately larger vote together with the Common Stock on any
such transaction or for all purposes, (iii)  to  elect  directors having
terms of office or voting rights greater than those of other  directors,
(iv)  to  convert  Preferred  Stock  into a greater number of shares  of
Common  Stock  or  other  securities, (v)  to  demand  redemption  at  a
specified price under prescribed  circumstances  related  to a change of
control  or  (vi)  to  exercise  other  rights  designated  to impede  a
takeover.   The  issuance of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant  to  the
Board of Directors'  authority  described above may adversely effect the
rights of holders of the Common Stock.

      In addition, certain other  charter  provisions that are described
below may have the effect of, either alone or  in  combination with each
other or with the existence of authorized but unissued capital stock, of
making  more  difficult or discouraging an acquisition  of  the  Company
deemed undesirable by the Board of Directors.

Certain Anti-takeover and Other Provisions of the Articles and By-laws

      Classified  Board  of  Directors.  The Articles and By-laws divide
the members of the Board of Directors  who are elected by the holders of
the Common Stock into three classes with  each  class  to  be  as nearly
equal  in  number of directors as possible, serving three-year staggered
terms.  See "Management -- Executive Officers and Directors."

      Advance  Notice of Intention to Nominate a Director.  The Articles
and By-laws permit  a stockholder to nominate a person for election as a
director only if written  notice  of such stockholder's intent to make a
nomination has been given to the Secretary  of the Company not less than
45  days or more than 90 days prior to an annual  meeting,  unless  less
than 55 days notice is given of the meeting, in which case notice by the
stockholder must be received on the 10th day after notice of the meeting
was given.  This  provision  also requires that the stockholder's notice
set forth, among other things,  a  description  of  all  arrangements or
understandings between the nominee and the stockholder pursuant to which
the  nomination is to be made or the nominee is to be elected  and  such
other  information  regarding  the  nominee  as  would be required to be
included  in  a  proxy  statement  filed  pursuant  to the  proxy  rules
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  as  amended (the
"Exchange  Act"),  had  the  nominee  been  nominated  by  the Board  of
Directors of the Company. Any nomination that fails to comply with these
requirements may be disqualified.

      Shareholders' Right to Call Special Meeting.  The Articles and By-
laws provide that a special shareholders' meeting may be requested  by a
shareholder  or  group  of  shareholders holding in the aggregate 50% or
more of the Company's total voting power.

      Shareholder Action by Unanimous  Consent.   Under  Louisiana  law,
unless  a  corporation's  articles  of  incorporation specify otherwise,
shareholders  may  only act at a duly called  meeting  or  by  unanimous
written consent.  The  Company's  Articles  do  not  contain a provision
permitting  action  by  a consent signed by less than all  shareholders;
therefore, the Company's  shareholders  can  only  act  at a duly called
meeting or by unanimous written consent.

      Removal  of  Directors;  Filling Vacancies on Board of  Directors.
The Articles and By-laws provide that any director elected by holders of
the Common Stock may be removed  at any time by a two-thirds vote of the
entire Board of Directors. In addition, any director or the entire Board
may be removed at any time for cause  by  a  vote  of the holders of not
less than two-thirds of the total voting power held  by  all  holders of
voting  stock present or represented at a special stockholders'  meeting
called for that purpose.  "Cause" is defined for these purposes as  
conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude or adjudication of gross
negligence or misconduct in the performance of duties in a matter of
substantial importance to the Company.  The Articles and By-laws also 
provide that any vacancies on the Board of Directors (including any 
resulting from an increase in the authorized number  of  directors) may  
be filled by the affirmative   vote   of  two-thirds  of  the  directors,  
provided   the shareholders shall have the right, at any special meeting 
called for that purpose prior to such action by the Board, to fill the 
vacancy.

      Adoption and Amendment of By-laws.  The  Articles provide that the
By-laws  may  be (i) adopted only by a majority vote  of  the  Board  of
Directors and (ii)  amended  or  repealed by either a two-thirds vote of
the Board of Directors or the holders  of  at  least  80%  of  the total
voting  power  present or represented at any shareholders' meeting.  Any
provisions amended  or repealed by the stockholders may be re-amended or
re-adopted by the Board of Directors.

      Consideration   of   Tender   Offers   and   Other   Extraordinary
Transactions.   Under  Louisiana  law,  the  Board  of  Directors,  when
considering a tender offer, exchange offer, merger or consolidation, may
consider, among other factors,  the  social  and economic effects of the
proposal  on  the  Company,  its  subsidiaries  and   their   respective
employees, customers, creditors and communities.

      Amendment  of  Certain Provisions of the Articles; Other Corporate
Action.    Under Louisiana  law,  unless  a  corporation's  articles  of
incorporation   specify   otherwise,   a   corporation's   articles   of
incorporation  may  be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of
two-thirds of the voting power present at a meeting of the shareholders.
The Company's Articles require the affirmative vote of not less than 80%
of the total voting power  of  the  Company  to  amend,  alter or repeal
certain  provisions of the Company's Articles with respect  to  (i)  the
classification,  filling  of  vacancies  and  removal  of  the  Board of
Directors,  (ii)  amendments  to  the By-laws, (iii) the application  of
certain anti-takeover provisions of  the  Louisiana  law  by  which  the
Company has elected not to be governed, (iv) changes to shareholder vote
requirements,   (v)  limitation  of  liability  of  directors  and  (vi)
requirements  for  special  meetings  called  by  shareholders.   Unless
approved by a vote  of  at least two-thirds of the Board of Directors, a
merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets or
a voluntarily dissolution  of  the Company may be authorized only by the
affirmative vote of the holders of 80% of the total voting power.

      The provisions of the Company's Articles and By-laws summarized in
the preceding paragraphs may have  anti-takeover  effects and may delay,
defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt  that  a shareholder
might  consider  in  such  shareholder's best interest, including  those
attempts that might result in  the  payment of a premium over the market
price for the shares of Common Stock held by such shareholder.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

      The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is __________.

<PAGE>                                 
                                 
                                 UNDERWRITING

      Subject to the terms and conditions  of the Underwriting Agreement
among the Company and the Underwriters named  below  (the  "Underwriting
Agreement"), the Company has agreed to sell to each of such Underwriters
named  below,  and each of such Underwriters, for whom Morgan  Keegan  &
Company, Inc., Raymond  James  &  Associates,  Inc.  and  Johnson Rice &
Company  L.L.C.  are  acting as representatives (the "Representatives"),
has severally agreed to purchase from the Company, the respective number
of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name below.

Underwriter                                          Number of
                                                   shares of
                                                   Common Stock
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc. ....................
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. .................
Johnson Rice & Company L.L.C. ....................
                                                     ________
      Total ......................................  2,000,000
                                                    =========

      The  Underwriting   Agreement   provides  that  the  Underwriters'
obligation to pay for and accept delivery  of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby is subject to certain conditions  precedent  and that the
Underwriters  will  be  obligated to purchase all such shares, excluding
shares covered by the over-allotment  option, if any are purchased.  The
Underwriters have informed the Company  that  no  sales  of Common Stock
will be confirmed to discretionary accounts.

      The Company has been advised by the Underwriters that they propose
initially  to offer the shares of Common Stock in part directly  to  the
public at the  public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus, and in part to certain securities dealers at such price less
a concession of  $___  per  share.  The Underwriters may allow, and such
dealers may reallow, a concession  not  in excess of $_____ per share to
certain  brokers  and dealers.  After the shares  of  Common  Stock  are
released for sale to  the  public,  the offering price and other selling
terms may from time to time be varied by the Representatives.

      The Company has granted the Underwriters an option exercisable for
30 days after the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to an aggregate
of  300,000  additional  shares  of  Common   Stock   solely   to  cover
overallotments,   if   any.    If   the   Underwriters   exercise  their
overallotment option, the Underwriters have severally agreed, subject to
certain  conditions,  to  purchase  approximately  the  same  percentage
thereof  that  the  number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased  by
each of them, as shown in the table above, bears to the 2,000,000 shares
of Common Stock offered hereby.

      The Company, all of its officers and directors, and certain of its
existing shareholders,  who  beneficially  own an aggregate of 3,500,000
shares of Common Stock, have agreed, during  the  period  beginning from
the date of this Prospectus and continuing to and including the date 180
days after the date of the Prospectus, not to offer, sell,  contract  to
sell  or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than,
with respect  to  the  Company,  pursuant to employee stock option plans
existing,  or  on  the  conversion  or   exchange   of   convertible  or
exchangeable  securities  outstanding,  on  the date of this Prospectus)
which are substantially similar to the shares  of  the  Common  Stock or
which   are  convertible  or  exchangeable  into  securities  which  are
substantially  similar  to  the  shares  of the Common Stock without the
prior consent of the Representatives.

      Prior to this Offering, there has been  no  public  market for the
Common  Stock.   The  initial public offering price of the Common  Stock
will be negotiated between  the  Company and the Representatives.  Among
the factors to be considered in determining  the initial public offering
price  of  the  Common  Stock  will  be prevailing market  and  economic
conditions,  revenues and earnings of the  Company,  the  state  of  the
Company's business operations, an assessment of the Company's management
and consideration  of  the above factors in relation to market valuation
of companies in related  businesses  and  other factors deemed relevant.
There can be no assurance, however, that the  prices at which the Common
Stock  will sell in the public market after the  Offering  will  not  be
lower than the initial public offering price.

      At  the  request of the Company, the Underwriters have reserved up
to 200,000 shares  of  Common  Stock  for  sale  at  the  initial public
offering  price  to directors, officers, employees, business  associates
and related persons  of  the  Company.   The  number of shares of Common
Stock available for sale to the general public  will  be  reduced to the
extent such persons purchase such reserved shares.  Any reserved  shares
which  are  not  purchased  will  be  offered by the Underwriters to the
general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby.

      The  Company  has  agreed to indemnify  the  several  Underwriters
against certain liabilities,  including liabilities under the Securities
Act.

                       SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Upon completion of the Offering,  the  Company will have 5,500,000
shares  of  Common Stock outstanding.  The 2,000,000  shares  of  Common
Stock sold in  the  Offering  (plus  any additional shares sold upon the
Underwriters' exercise of their over-allotment  option)  will  be freely
transferable without restriction under the Securities Act by persons who
are   not   deemed  to  be  affiliates  of  the  Company  or  acting  as
underwriters,  as  those  terms  are defined in the Securities Act.  The
remaining 3,500,000 shares of Common Stock held by existing stockholders
were  acquired  in transactions not  requiring  registration  under  the
Securities Act and will be "restricted stock" within the meaning of Rule
144.  Consequently,  such  shares  may  not  be  resold  unless they are
registered  under  the  Securities  Act  or  are  sold  pursuant  to  an
applicable  exemption  from  registration,  such  as  Rule 144 under the
Securities Act.

      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if at least two
years  have  elapsed  since  shares  of  Common  Stock  that  constitute
restricted stock were last acquired from the Company or an affiliate  of
the  Company,  the  holder  is  entitled  to sell within any three-month
period  a  number  of shares that does not exceed  the  greater  of  one
percent of the total  shares  of  Common  Stock  then outstanding or the
average  weekly  trading  volume of the Common Stock  in  the  over-the-
counter market during the four  calendar  weeks  preceding  the  date on
which  notice  of  the  sale  is  filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.  Sales under Rule 144 are  subject to certain manner of sale
provisions, notice requirements and the  availability  of current public
information  about  the Company.  If at least three years  have  elapsed
since the shares were  last acquired from the Company or an affiliate, a
person who has not been  an  affiliate of the Company at any time during
the three months preceding the  sale  is  entitled  to  sell such shares
under Rule 144(i) without regard to volume limitations, manner  of  sale
provisions,  notice  requirements  or the availability of current public
information concerning the Company.   All  of  the  3,500,000  shares of
restricted  stock  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  144  held by existing
shareholders  of  the  Company  will be eligible for sale following  the
Offering in reliance on Rule 144,  subject  to  volume  limitations with
respect  to  an  aggregate of 3,190,600 shares of Common Stock  held  by
affiliates  and  subject   to  the  contractual  "lock-up"  restrictions
described below.

      The Company has granted  Messrs. Alden, Laborde and Wilson certain
registration rights with respect  to  the  Common  Stock held by each of
them   including   the   rights,  subject  to  certain  conditions   and
limitations, to demand registration  of  shares  of Common Stock held by
them  and  to  include  shares  of  Common  Stock held by  them  in  any
registration  of securities proposed by the Company.   The  exercise  of
such  registration  rights  is  subject  to  the  contractual  "lock-up"
restrictions described below.  See "Certain Transactions."

      The Company, its directors and its executive officers, and certain
of its  existing  shareholders  have  agreed  that  they  will not, with
certain limited exceptions, issue, offer for sale, sell, transfer, grant
options  to purchase or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common  Stock
(other than  stock  issued  or options granted pursuant to the Company's
stock  incentive  plans)  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the
Representatives  for  a period  of  180  days  from  the  date  of  this
Prospectus.

      Prior to the Offering,  there  has  been  no public market for the
Common Stock, and there can be no assurance that  a  significant  public
market  for  the  Common  Stock  will  develop or be sustained after the
Offering.  Any future sale of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the
open market may adversely affect the market  price  of  the Common Stock
offered hereby.

                                LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby is being
passed  upon  for  the  Company  by  Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent,
Carrere  &  Denegre,  L.L.P.,  New Orleans,  Louisiana.   Certain  legal
matters in connection with the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are
being  passed  upon for the Underwriters  by  Andrews  &  Kurth  L.L.P.,
Houston, Texas.

                                   EXPERTS

      The financial  statements  of  the Company as of December 31, 1995
and 1996 and for each of the three years  in  the  period ended December
31, 1996, and the combined financial statements of Dolphin  Services  as
of  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1996,  included  in  this
Prospectus, and the financial statement schedule of the Company included
in  the  Registration  Statement  of which this Prospectus forms a part,
have been so included in reliance on the report of Price Waterhouse LLP,
independent accountants, given on the  authority of such firm as experts
in auditing and accounting.

                              OTHER INFORMATION

      The Company has filed with the Securities  and Exchange Commission
a  Registration  Statement  on  Form S-1 under the Securities  Act  with
respect to the Common Stock being  offered  pursuant to this Prospectus.
This  Prospectus  does  not contain all information  set  forth  in  the
Registration Statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance
with the rules and regulations  of the Commission.  Statements contained
herein concerning the provisions  of  any  documents are not necessarily
complete and, in each instance, reference is  made  to  the copy of such
document  filed  or  incorporated  by  reference  as an exhibit  to  the
Registration Statement.  The Registration Statement may be inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained  by  the Commission
at   450   Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549  and  at  the
Commission's  regional  offices  at 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511 and 7  World  Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York,  New  York  10048.  Copies of such material  can  be  obtained  at
prescribed rates from  the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,   Washington,  D.C.  20549.   The  Commission
maintains  a  Web  site that contains  reports,  proxy  and  information
statements  and  other   information   regarding   issuers   that   file
electronically  with  the  Commission (http://www.sec.gov).  The Company
intends  to  furnish its shareholders  with  annual  reports  containing
audited   financial   statements   certified   by   independent   public
accountants.

<PAGE>


                     GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN TECHNICAL TERMS


blasting and coating 
  facility:             Building and equipment used to clean steel
                        products  and  prepare  them  for coating with
                        marine paints and other coatings.

compliant tower:        A fixed platform designed for certain deep
                        water drilling and production.

coping machine:         A  computerized  machine that cuts ends of
                        tubular pipe sections to allow for changes in
                        weld  bevel  angles  and fits onto other
                        tubular pipe sections.

deck:                   The component of a platform on which development
                        drilling,  production,  separating,   gathering,
                        piping,    compression,   well   support,   crew
                        quartering  and   other   functions  related  to
                        offshore oil and gas development are conducted.

direct labor hours:     Direct labor hours are hours worked by employees
                        directly  involved  in  the  production  of  the
                        Company's products.  These hours  do not include
                        contractor  labor  hours  and support  personnel
                        hours  such  as  maintenance,   warehousing  and
                        drafting.

fixed platform:         A  platform consisting of a rigid  jacket  which
                        rests  on  tubular steel pilings driven into the
                        seabed and which supports a deck structure above
                        the water surface.

floating production
 platform:              Floating structure  that  supports  offshore oil
                        and gas production equipment (tension  leg, semi
                        submersible, SPAR).

grit blast system:      System  of preparing steel for coating  by
                        using steel  grit  rather  than  sand as a
                        blasting medium.

hydraulic plate shear:  Machine  that cuts steel by a mechanical  system
                        similar to scissors.

inshore:                Inside   coastlines,  typically  in  bays,
                        lakes and marshy areas.

ISO 9002:               International Standards  of  Operations  9002  -
                        Defines  quality management system of procedures
                        and goals for certified companies.

jacket:                 A component  of a fixed platform consisting of a
                        tubular steel,  braced  structure extending from
                        the mudline of the seabed  to  a point above the
                        water  surface.   The  jacket  is  supported  on
                        tubular steel pilings driven into the seabed.

modules:                Packaged equipment usually consisting  of  major
                        production,  utility  or  compression  equipment
                        with associated piping and control system.

offshore:               In unprotected waters outside coastlines.

piles:                  Rigid  tubular  pipes  that are driven into  the
                        seabed to support platforms.

plasma-arc cutting 
 system:                Steel cutting system that  uses  a ionized gas
                        cutting rather than oxy-fuel system.

platform:               A  structure  from  which offshore oil  and  gas
                        development   drilling    and   production   are
                        conducted.

spud barge:             Construction barge rigged with vertical tubular or
                        square lengths of steel pipes that are lowered to  
                        anchor the vessel.

subsea templates:       Tubular  frames  which  are placed on the seabed
                        and  anchored with piles.   Usually  a  series of 
                        oil and gas wells are drilled through these underwater 
                        structures.

tension-leg platform 
  (TLP):                A platform  consisting of a floating hull and
                        deck anchored by  vertical  tensioned  cables or
                        pipes  connected  to  pilings  driven  into  the
                        seabed.   A  tension-leg  platform  is typically
                        used in water depths exceeding 1,000 feet.
<PAGE>

                        INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                       Page

Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements (unaudited):
     Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1996. . . . . F-3
     Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income for the year ended 
       December 31, 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
     Notes to Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . F-6
     Notes to Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income . . . . . . . . . F-7

Audited Financial Statements:

  Gulf Island Fabrication, Inc.
     Report of Independent Accountants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8
     Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1995 and 1996. . . . . . . . . . F-9
     Statement of Income for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 
       and 1996. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-10
     Statement of Changes in Shareholders  Equity for the years 
       ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. . . . . . . . . . . . . F-11
     Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994, 
        1995 and 1996. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-12
     Notes to Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-13

  Dolphin Services, Inc. and Related Companies
     Report of Independent Accountants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-20
     Combined Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1996. . . . . . . . . . F-21
     Combined Statement of Income and Retained Earnings for the year 
        ended December 31, 1996. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-22
     Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended 
        December 31, 1996. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-23
     Notes to Combined Financial Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-24

<PAGE>


                     Gulf Island Fabrication, Inc.
                Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements
                              (unaudited)


The following unaudited pro  forma combined financial statements reflect
termination of Gulf Island Fabrication, Inc.'s (the "Company") status as
an S Corporation, assuming that  such  termination  occurred on December
31,  1996.   The  pro  forma  financial  statements  also  reflect   the
acquisition  by  the  Company   of Dolphin Services, Inc., Dolphin Steel
Sales, Inc. and Dolphin Sales and  Rentals, Inc. (collectively, "Dolphin
Services"), using the purchase method  of  accounting.   The  pro  forma
combined  balance  sheet combines the Company's pro forma balance sheet,
as adjusted for the  termination  of the status as an S Corporation, and
the historical statement of Dolphin  Services,  assuming the acquisition
occurred  on  December  31, 1996.  The pro forma combined  statement  of
income combines the historical  statements  of  the  Company and Dolphin
Services assuming the acquisition had occurred on January  1,  1996  and
further  reflects a pro forma provision for income taxes that would have
been recorded  had  the  Company  operated as a C Corporation during the
year ended December 31, 1996.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial  statements do not purport to
present the actual financial condition or results  of  operation  of the
Company as if the termination of the Company's S Corporation status  and
the acquisition of Dolphin Services had occurred on the dates specified.
The  unaudited pro forma combined financial statements should be read in
conjunction  with the historical financial statements of the Company and
Dolphin Services included elsewhere in this document.

<PAGE>  F-3                                  
                                  GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.
                           PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)
                                        DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                          (in thousands)
                                                 
<TABLE>                                                 
<CAPTION>
         
                                                  Pro Forma Adjustments                                 
                                                  For conversion from                                            Pro Forma
                                  Gulf Island        Subchapter S                   Dolphin         Pro Forma   Balance Sheet,
                                 Fabrication Inc.     Corporation to  Pro Forma Combined Historical Acquisition As Adjusted
                                    Historical       C Corporation    Balance     Balance Sheet     Adjustments for Dolphin 
                                  Balance Sheet         (Note 1)       Sheet         (Note 2)         (Note 2)  Acquisition
                                  ______________   _________________ ___________ __________________ ___________ ______________
ASSETS
________
<S>                                  <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>       <C>
Current assets:
         Cash                        $  1,357         $       -       $   1,357       $    83           $  -      $   1,440
         Contracts receivable, net     11,674                 -          11,674         4,513              -         16,187
         Contract retainage             1,806                 -           1,806           193              -          1,999
         Other receivables                  -                 -               -           616              -            616     
         Costs and estimated 
          earnings in excess
          of billings on 
          uncompleted contracts         1,306                 -           1,306            55              -          1,361
         Prepaid expenses                 500                 -             500            53              -            553
         Inventory                      1,113                 -           1,113           767             26(a)       1,906
                                    ____________     ______________   ____________   ____________      __________  __________

             Total current assets      17,756                 -          17,756         6,280             26         24,062
         
         Property, plant and 
            equipment, net             17,735                 -          17,735         3,172            385(a)      21,292
         Other assets                     418                 -             418           254              -            672
                                    ____________     ______________   ____________   ____________      __________  __________
                                   $   35,909           $     -       $  35,909       $ 9,706          $ 411       $ 46,026
                                    ============     ==============   ============   ============      ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
<PAGE>  F-4
                                   GULF ISLAND FABRICATIONS, INC.
                           PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)
                                        DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                          (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Pro Forma Adjustments                                 
                                                  For conversion from                                            Pro Forma
                                  Gulf Island        Subchapter S                   Dolphin         Pro Forma   Balance Sheet,
                                 Fabrication Inc.     Corporation to  Pro Forma Combined Historical Acquisition As Adjusted
                                    Historical       C Corporation    Balance     Balance Sheet     Adjustments for Dolphin 
                                  Balance Sheet         (Note 1)       Sheet         (Note 2)         (Note 2)  Acquisition
                                  ______________   _________________ ___________ __________________ ___________ ______________

<S>                                   <C>              <C>            <C>           <C>               <C>           <C>
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS  EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable                    $1,081           $     -        $    1,081    $    1,455        $    -        $2,536
  Billings in excess of costs and 
    estimated earnings on 
    uncompleted contracts              2,204                 -             2,204           488             -         2,692
 Accrued employee costs                1,903                 -             1,903           562             -         2,465
 Accrued expenses                      1,036                 -             1,036           151             -         1,187
 Other liabilities                         -                 -                -             92             -            92
 Current portion of notes payable        530                 -               530           206             -           736
 Income taxes payable                      -                 -                -            453             -           453
 Notes payable - distribution 
    to shareholders                        -            13,158(b)         13,158             -             -        13,158
                                    _____________     _____________     ___________   ___________    ____________  _________

        Total current liabilities      6,754            13,158            19,912         3,407             -        23,319

Deferred income taxes                      -             1,100(a)          1,100           301           157(a)      1,558
Notes payable, less current portion    5,657                 -             5,657           366         5,886(b)     11,909
                                    _____________     _____________     ___________   ___________    ____________  _________
        Total liabilities             12,411            14,258            26,669         4,074         6,043        36,786

Shareholders  equity:
  Gulf Island Fabrication, Inc. 
    - Common stock                     1,000                 -             1,000             -             -         1,000
  Dolphin entities - Common stock          -                 -                 -           479          (479)(c)         -    
  Dolphin treasury stock, at cost          -                 -                 -          (303)          303 (c)         -    
  Additional paid-in capital           6,670                 -             6,670             -             -         6,670
  Retained earnings                   15,828           (14,258)(b)         1,570         5,456        (5,456)(c)     1,570
                                    _____________     _____________     ___________   ___________    ____________  _________
  Total shareholders  equity          23,498           (14,258)            9,240         5,632        (5,632)        9,240
                                    _____________     _____________     ___________   ___________    ____________  _________       
        Total liabilities and 
          shareholders equity    $    35,909           $     -          $ 35,909       $ 9,706        $  411       $46,026
                                    =============     =============     ===========   ===========    ============  =========
</TABLE>           
<PAGE>  F-5           

                    GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.
             PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                 (in thousands except share and per share data)

       
<TABLE>       
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Pro Forma
                                    Gulf Island                             _______________________
                                   Fabrication Inc.         Dolphin           Acquisition
                                      Historical       Combined Historical   Adjustments
                                  Statement of Income  Statement of Income    (Note 1)      Combined
                                  ___________________  ____________________ _____________ ____________
       <S>                            <C>                 <C>                <C>            <C>
       Revenue                        $    79,004         $   26,802         $(2,799)(d)    $103,007 

       Cost of revenue                     68,673             22,950          (2,770)(b)(d)   88,853
                                     ______________      _____________       _________      __________

       Gross profit                        10,331              3,852             (29)         14,154 

       General and administrative 
           expense                          2,161              1,642               -           3,803 
                                     ______________      _____________       _________      __________
       Operating income                     8,170              2,210             (29)         10,351 
                                     ______________      _____________       _________      __________
       Other expense:
        Net interest expense                  384                  4              511(a)         899 
        Non-recurring compensation 
          charge                              500                  -                -            500 
                                     ______________      _____________       _________      __________
                                              884                  4              511          1,399 

       Income before income taxes           7,286              2,206             (540)         8,952 
       Provision for income taxes               -               (822)             203(c)        (619)
                                     ______________      _____________       _________      __________
       Net income                      $    7,286          $   1,384          $  (337)       $ 8,333 
                                     ==============      =============       =========      ==========

       Additional pro forma data 
          (Note 2):
        Net income reported above      $    7,286                                            $ 8,333 
                                       ===========                                          ==========
        Pro forma provision for 
          income taxes related to 
          operations as S Corporation      (2,934)                                              (2,934)
                                       ____________                                          __________

        Pro forma net income           $    4,352                                              $ 5,399
                                       ============                                          ==========

       Pro forma per share data 
          (Note 3):
        Weighted average shares 
          outstanding                                                                        3,500,000
                                                                                             ==========
        Pro forma net income per share                                                         $  1.54
                                                                                               ========
        Supplemental pro forma 
          net income per
          share (using 4,885,024 
          shares outstanding)                                                                   $ 1.17
                                                                                                =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE> F-6                     
                       
                     GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.

         NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 1

The Company has operated as an S Corporation since 1989.  Shortly before
closing of the  contemplated public offering, the Company's shareholders
will elect to terminate the Company's status as an S Corporation and the
Company will thereafter  be subject to federal and state income taxation
as a C Corporation.  In connection  with  the S Corporation termination,
the Company will distribute to its shareholders previously undistributed
S Corporation tax basis earnings.

Pro forma adjustments to record the assumed  S  Corporation  termination
and distribution of previously undistributed earnings reflect:

(a)Net deferred income tax liability at December 31, 1996 resulting from
   change to a C Corporation from an S Corporation is comprised  of  the
   following:

   Differences between book and tax bases 
      of property and equipment                              $1,420,000
   
   Accrual for workers' compensation                           (150,000)
   Accrual for health insurance                                (159,000)
   Other differences                                            (11,000)
                                                            ____________
                                                             $1,100,000
                                                            ============

The deferred tax liability that will be recorded  as  a charge to income
in the second quarter of 1997 will be calculated based  on  the book and
tax differences on the date of termination of S Corporation status.

(b)Accrual  of  dividend  to shareholders of undistributed S Corporation
   tax basis earnings at December  31, 1996. The pro forma balance sheet
   does  not  give  effect to distributions  that  may  be  paid  for  S
   Corporation earnings  subsequent to December 31, 1996.  The remaining
   retained earnings of the  Company  at December 31, 1996 of $1,570,000
   represent  primarily  C Corporation earnings  prior  to  the  Company
   becoming an S Corporation in 1989.

NOTE 2

Effective January 2, 1997,  the  Company acquired all of the outstanding
shares of Dolphin Services, Inc.,  Dolphin Steel Sales, Inc. and Dolphin
Sales and Rentals, Inc. for a cash purchase  price  of  $5,886,083, (the
"Dolphin  Acquisition")  including  $55,000  of  direct expenses,  which
exceeds  the book value of assets acquired and liabilities  acquired  by
$255,000.   The  purchase  price  was  allocated  to acquired assets and
liabilities based on estimated fair values.

Pro  forma  adjustments  to  record  the Dolphin Acquisition  under  the
purchase method of accounting reflect:

(a)Allocation of purchase price based on estimated fair values of assets
   acquired and liabilities assumed.

(b)Borrowings  under  Company's line of  credit  to  acquire  shares  of
   Dolphin Services.

(c)Elimination of shareholders' equity accounts of Dolphin Services.

<PAGE>  F-7

                     GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.


      NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1

Pro forma adjustments to record the Dolphin Acquisition reflect:

(a)Interest  charges  on  additional  borrowings  of  $5,886,083  at  an
   estimated average interest rate of 8.69%.

(b)Additional depreciation  of  property,  plant and equipment using the
   straight-line method over estimated useful  lives of 3 to 5 years for
   machinery and equipment and 30 years for buildings.

(c)Tax benefit related to interest and additional depreciation charges.

(d)Elimination  of intercompany sales between the  Company  and  Dolphin
   Services.

NOTE 2

Additional pro forma data includes a pro forma adjustment to reflect the
provision for income  taxes  assuming  the  Company  had operated as a C
Corporation.

NOTE 3

Pro forma per share data has been computed as follows:

- -  Weighted average shares outstanding gives retroactive  effect  to the
   recapitalization  that  was  authorized  on February 14, 1997 whereby
   1,000,000  shares  of  outstanding common stock  were  exchanged  for
   3,500,000 shares of common stock.

- -  Pro forma net income per  share  is  calculated  by  dividing the pro
   forma  net  income  ($5,399,000)  by   the  weighted  average  shares
   outstanding (3,500,000).

- -  Supplemental pro forma net income per share is calculated by dividing
   the pro forma net income, increased by the interest expense,  net  of
   tax,  on  the  debt  incurred  to  acquire  Dolphin  Services, by the
   3,500,000  weighted  average  shares  outstanding,  as  increased  to
   reflect  sufficient additional shares to retire the debt incurred  to
   acquire  Dolphin   Services   (428,079   shares)   and   to  pay  the
   distributions to shareholders (956,945 shares).  All such  additional
   shares  are based on an assumed offering price of $15 per share,  net
   of offering expenses.

<PAGE>  F-8
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
 Gulf Island Fabrication, Inc.

In  our  opinion,   the  accompanying  balance  sheet  and  the  related
statements of income,  of  changes  in  shareholders' equity and of cash
flows present fairly, in all material respects,  the  financial position
of  Gulf Island Fabrication, Inc. (the "Company") at December  31,  1995
and 1996,  and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each
of the three  years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity
with  generally   accepted   accounting   principles.   These  financial
statements  are  the  responsibility  of the Company's  management;  our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on  these  financial statements
based  on  our audits.  We conducted our audits of these  statements  in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that
we plan and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material  misstatement.  An
audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test basis, evidence supporting  the
amounts  and  disclosures  in the financial  statements,  assessing  the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable  basis  for  the  opinion expressed
above.

PRICE  WATERHOUSE LLP

New Orleans, Louisiana
January 23, 1997, except for
the third paragraph of Note 1 and
the second paragraph of Note 9
which are as of February 13, 1997,
and the third paragraph of Note
9 which is as of February 14, 1997

                       
<PAGE> F-9                       
                       GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.
                              
                              BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>                                 
<CAPTION>
                                                          December 31,         
                                          _________________________________________                
                                                                      Pro Forma     
                                                                     ____________ 
                                                                     1996 (Note 2)
                                               1995        1996      (unaudited)    
                                          ____________  ___________ _______________     
<S>                                       <C>           <C>           <C>                                          
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash                                    $ 2,083,809   $ 1,357,232    $  1,357,232
  Contracts receivable, net                10,877,491    11,673,883      11,673,883
  Contract retainage                        2,064,565     1,806,211       1,806,211
  Costs and estimated earnings in 
    excess of billings
    on uncompleted contracts                  505,096     1,306,341       1,306,341
  Prepaid expenses                            541,722       499,782         499,782
  Inventory                                   440,645     1,112,913       1,112,913
                                          _____________ ______________  ____________
               Total current assets        16,513,328    17,756,362      17,756,362

Property, plant and equipment, net         13,482,529    17,734,642      17,734,642

Other assets                                  417,760       417,760         417,760
                                          _____________ ______________  ____________
                                          $30,413,617   $35,908,764     $35,908,764
                                          ============= ==============  ============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS  EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable                          $ 2,162,127   $ 1,080,567 $     1,080,567
Billings in excess of costs and 
 estimated earnings on uncompleted 
 contracts                                  2,509,877     2,204,482       2,204,482
Accrued employee costs                      1,267,013     1,903,114       1,903,114
Accrued expenses                              526,553     1,036,305       1,036,305
Current portion of notes payable              433,502       529,752         529,752
Notes payable - distribution to shareholders        -             -      13,158,000
                                          _____________  _____________ _____________
                 Total current liabilities  6,899,072     6,754,220      19,912,220

Deferred income taxes                               -             -       1,100,000
Notes payable, less current portion         5,111,900     5,657,142       5,657,142
                                          _____________ _____________  _____________

                       Total liabilities   12,010,972    12,411,362      26,669,362
                                          ______________ _____________ _____________ 
Commitments and contingent liabilities 
  (Note 10)

Shareholders  equity (Note 9):
Common stock, no par value, 20,000,000 shares
  authorized, 3,500,000 shares issued and
   outstanding                              1,000,000     1,000,000       1,000,000
Additional paid-in capital                  6,170,000     6,670,000       6,670,000
Retained earnings                          11,232,645    15,827,402       1,569,402
                                         ______________ _____________  _____________

               Total shareholders  equity  18,402,645    23,497,402       9,239,402
                                         ______________ _____________  _____________

                                          $30,413,617   $35,908,764     $35,908,764
                                         ============== =============  =============

              See accompanying notes to financial statements.                       
</TABLE>              

<PAGE>  F-10
              
              
                       GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.
                           
                           STATEMENT OF INCOME

                                                                
                                            Year ended December 31,   
                                   ____________________________________________
                                      1994               1995          1996    
         
Revenue                            $60,983,704      $63,778,740     $79,004,536

Cost of revenue                     57,519,192       60,033,442      68,672,909
                                    ___________     ____________    ___________
Gross profit                         3,464,512        3,745,298      10,331,627

General and administrative expense   1,567,097        1,730,059       2,161,348
                                    ___________     ____________    ___________

Operating income                     1,897,415        2,015,239       8,170,279
                                    ___________     _____________   ___________
Other expense:
         Net interest expense          327,780          429,981         383,814
         Non-recurring compensation 
           charge                            -                -         500,000
                                    ___________     _____________   ___________

                                        327,780         429,981         883,814
                                    ___________     _____________   ___________
Net income                           $1,569,635       $ 1,585,258   $ 7,286,465
                                    ===========     =============   ===========
Unaudited pro forma data (Note 2):
         Net income, reported above  $1,569,635       $ 1,585,258   $ 7,286,465
         Pro forma provision for 
          income taxes related to 
          operations as S Corporation   594,000           602,000     2,934,000
                                    ____________    ______________   __________
         Pro forma net income        $  975,635       $   983,258   $ 4,352,465
                                    ============    ==============   ==========
Unaudited pro forma per share data (Note 2):
         Weighted average share outstanding                           3,500,000
                                                                      =========
         Pro forma net income per share                              $     1.24
                                                                      =========
         Supplemental pro forma net income per share                 $      .98
                                                                      =========
              See accompanying notes to financial statements.

<PAGE>  F-11
                       GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.

              STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS  EQUITY
                                    
<TABLE>                                    
<CAPTION>
                                     Common Stock                  Additional
                                  ________________________           Paid-in         Retained
                                   Shares          Amount            Capital         Earnings             Total
                                  __________     _________         __________      ___________        ___________
<S>                               <C>           <C>               <C>             <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993      3,500,000     $ 1,000,000       $ 6,170,000     $    13,612,089     $20,782,089 
Dividends paid                        --              --                --             (5,100,666)     (5,100,666)
Net income                            --              --                --              1,569,635       1,569,635 
                               ______________ _______________   _______________   _________________  ______________
                               

Balance at December 31, 1994      3,500,000       1,000,000         6,170,000          10,081,058      17,251,058 
Dividends paid                        --              --                --               (433,671)       (433,671)
Net income                            --              --                --              1,585,258       1,585,258 
                               ______________ _______________   _______________   __________________  ______________
Balance at December 31, 1995      3,500,000       1,000,000         6,170,000          11,232,645      18,402,645 
Dividends paid                        --              --                --             (2,691,708)     (2,691,708)
Non-recurring compensation
 charge (Note 9)                      --              --              500,000               --            500,000 
Net income                            --              --                --              7,286,465       7,286,465 
                               ______________ _______________   _______________   __________________  ______________

Balance at December 31, 1996      3,500,000      $ 1,000,000       $6,670,000        $ 15,827,402     $23,497,402 
                               ============== ===============   ===============   ==================  ==============

              See accompanying notes to financial statements.                       
</TABLE>              
<PAGE>  F-12

                      GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.
                         STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                     

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                                     _____________________________________

                                                        1994         1995         1996 
                                                     ___________  ___________  ___________   
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>    
Cash flows from operating activities:
         Cash received from customers                $62,702,694  $60,262,661  $ 78,208,144
         Cash paid to suppliers and employees        (59,069,196) (57,491,434)  (70,631,705)
         Interest paid                                  (228,018)    (447,364)     (414,963)
                                                    _____________ ____________ ______________

            Net cash provided by 
              operating activities                     3,405,480    2,323,863      7,161,476
                                                    _____________ ____________ ______________
Cash flows from investing activities:
         Capital expenditures, net                      (675,571)    (991,714)    (5,837,837)
                                                    _____________  ____________ ______________
Cash flows from financing activities:
         Proceeds from issuance of notes payable      20,877,844    21,595,186    24,353,157
         Principal payments on notes payable         (18,825,455)  (20,526,383)  (23,711,665)
         Dividends paid                               (5,100,666)     (433,671)   (2,691,708)
                                                    _____________  ____________ ______________
            Net cash provided by (used in) 
               financing activities                   (3,048,277)      635,132    (2,050,216)
                                                    _____________  ____________ ______________
Net increase (decrease) in cash                         (318,368)    1,967,281      (726,577)

Cash at beginning of year                                434,896       116,528     2,083,809
                                                    _____________ ____________ ______________
Cash at end of year                                    $ 116,528   $ 2,083,809  $  1,357,232
                                                    ============= ============ ==============
Supplemental cash flow information:
                                                              Year Ended December 31, 
                                                    _________________________________________
                                                          1994         1995           1996   
                                                      ___________   ____________   __________
Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by
         operating activities:
          Net income                                  $1,569,635     $1,585,258    $7,286,465
          Adjustments to reconcile net income 
           to net cash provided by operating 
           activities:
            Depreciation                               1,369,767      1,381,935     1,585,723
            Non-recurring non-cash 
             compensation charge                              -              -        500,000
            (Increase) decrease in contracts 
             receivable                                1,937,978     (3,516,079)     (796,391)
            (Increase) decrease in contract 
             retainage                                  (506,962)    (1,302,499)      258,354
            (Increase) decrease in costs and estimated 
              earnings in excess of billings on 
              uncompleted contracts                    1,125,284      1,572,933      (801,245)
            (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses 
              and other assets                            (9,629)        74,495      (630,328)
            Increase (decrease) in accounts payable   (1,077,013)       933,458    (1,081,560)
            Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses 
              and employee costs                        (847,702)       422,885     1,145,853
            Increase (decrease) in billings in 
              excess of costs and estimated earnings 
              on uncompleted contracts                  (155,878)     1,171,477      (305,395)
                                                     ______________  _____________ _____________

                 Net cash provided by 
                   operating activities              $  3,405,480     $2,323,863    $7,161,476
                                                     ==============  ============= =============
See accompanying notes to financial statements.                       
</TABLE>              

<PAGE>  F-13

                        GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.

                   NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

Gulf  Island  Fabrication,  Inc.  (the  "Company"),  located  in  Houma,
Louisiana, is engaged in the fabrication  and  refurbishment of offshore
oil and gas platforms for oil and gas industry companies.  The Company's
principal markets are concentrated in the offshore  regions of the coast
of the Gulf of Mexico.

On  January  2,  1997,  the Company acquired all outstanding  shares  of
Dolphin Services, Inc., Dolphin  Steel  Sales Inc. and Dolphin Sales and
Rentals  Inc.   (collectively,  "Dolphin  Services")   for   $5,886,083.
Dolphin  Services  performs  fabrication,  sandblasting,  painting   and
construction  for  offshore oil and gas platforms in inland and offshore
regions of the coast of the Gulf of Mexico.  (See Note 3.)

On February 13, 1997,  the  Board of Directors approved the filing of an
initial registration statement  on  Form  S-1  with  the  Securities and
Exchange  commission  to  register  and sell 2,000,000 shares of  common
stock.   Shortly  before  the closing of  the  offering,  the  Company's
current  shareholders  will elect  to  terminate  its  status  as  an  S
Corporation and will become  subject  to  federal and state income taxes
thereafter.  (See Note 2.)

Use of Estimates

The  preparation of financial statements in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions  that  affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent  liabilities  at  the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and  expense  during  the
reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Inventory

Inventory consists of materials and production supplies and is stated at
the lower of cost or market determined on the first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  stated  at  cost  less accumulated
depreciation.  Depreciation is computed on the straight-line  basis over
the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the assets, which range from 3 to  25
years.   Ordinary  maintenance  and repairs  which  do  not  extend  the
physical or economic lives of the  plant  or  equipment  are  charged to
expense as incurred.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue   from  fixed-price  and  cost-plus  construction  contracts  is
recognized  on  the  percentage-of-completion  method,  computed  by the
efforts-expended   method  which  measures  percentage  of  labor  hours
incurred to date as  compared  to  estimated  total labor hours for each
contract.

Contract costs include all direct material, labor  and subcontract costs
and  those  indirect  costs  related  to contract performance,  such  as
indirect labor, supplies and tools.  Also included in contract costs are
a portion of those indirect contract costs  related  to  plant capacity,
such  as  depreciation,  insurance  and repairs and maintenance.   These
indirect costs are allocated to jobs  based on actual direct labor hours
incurred.  Provisions for estimated losses  on uncompleted contracts are
made in the period in which such losses are determined.

<PAGE>  F-14

                GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.

           NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATMENTS (CONTINUED)


The asset caption entitled "costs and estimated  earnings  in  excess of
billings  on  uncompleted  contracts," represents revenue recognized  in
excess of the amounts billed.   The liability caption entitled "billings
in excess of costs and estimated  earnings  on  uncompleted  contracts,"
represents billings in excess of revenue recognized.

Income Taxes

The Company's shareholders have elected to have the Company taxed  as an
S  Corporation  for  federal  and  state  income  tax  purposes  whereby
shareholders are liable for individual federal and state income taxes on
their  allocated portions of the Company's taxable income.  Accordingly,
the historical  financial  statements  do  not include any provision for
income taxes.

Shortly  before  the  closing  of  the  public offering,  the  Company's
shareholders  will  elect to terminate the  Company's  status  as  an  S
Corporation, and the  Company  will  become subject to federal and state
income taxes.  This will result in the  establishment  of a net deferred
tax  liability  calculated  at applicable federal and state  income  tax
rates.  (See Note 2.)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount of the Company's  financial  instruments at December
31,  1996,  including  cash,  contracts receivable, and  notes  payable,
closely approximates fair value.

Basis for Cash Flows

For purposes of the statement of  cash  flows, the Company includes cash
on hand and cash in banks.

NOTE 2 - TERMINATION OF S CORPORATION STATUS (UNAUDITED)

Shortly  before  the closing of the offering  (Note  1),  the  Company's
shareholders will  elect  to  terminate  the  Company's  status  as an S
Corporation  and  the  Company  will become subject to federal and state
income taxes.  Prior to its termination as an S Corporation, the Company
intends  to  declare  a  distribution   to   its   current  shareholders
representing substantially all of the Company's remaining  undistributed
S Corporation earnings through such date.

The  pro  forma  balance  sheet  of the Company as of December 31,  1996
reflects a deferred income tax liability  of  $1,100,000  resulting from
the  assumed termination of the S Corporation status and an  accrual  of
$13,158,000  for  distribution  of S Corporation undistributed tax basis
earnings at that date. The pro forma  balance sheet does not give effect
to  distributions  that  might  be  paid  from  S  Corporation  earnings
generated subsequent to December 31, 1996.  The  amount of the Company's
retained earnings that is not reclassified represents  primarily  the  C
Corporation  earnings  prior  to  the Company's election of subchapter S
Corporation status in 1989.

Pro  forma net income per share consists  of  the  Company's  historical
income  as  an  S Corporation, adjusted for income taxes that would have
been recorded had  the Company operated as a C Corporation.  This amount
is divided by the weighted  average  shares  of common stock outstanding
after giving retroactive effect to the stock split described in Note 9.

Supplemental pro forma net income per share of $.98 assumes the issuance
of 956,945 additional shares to repay borrowings  incurred in connection
with  the  distribution  to shareholders.  These additional  shares  are
assumed to have been issued at the net offering price.

<PAGE>  F-15

                   GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.

             NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


NOTE 3 - ACQUISITION OF DOLPHIN SERVICES

On  January 2, 1997, the Company  acquired  all  outstanding  shares  of
Dolphin  Services, Inc., Dolphin Steel Sales Inc., and Dolphin Sales and
Rentals Inc.  for $5,886,083 (the "Dolphin Acquisition"), which includes
$55,000 of direct  acquisition  costs.  The purchase price exceeded book
value  of  the  assets  and  liabilities   acquired  by  $255,000.   The
acquisition  was  financed by borrowings under  the  Company's  line  of
credit and will be accounted for under the purchase method of accounting
subsequent to January 2, 1997.

The following unaudited  pro  forma  information  presents  a summary of
consolidated  results of operations of the Company and Dolphin  Services
as if the acquisition  had  occurred  on  January  1,  1996.   Pro forma
adjustments  include  (1) elimination of intercompany sales between  the
Company  and Dolphin Services,  (2)  adjustments  for  the  increase  in
interest expense  on  acquisition  debt,  (3) additional depreciation on
property, plant and equipment and (4) related  tax effects.  The effects
of termination of the S corporation status (Note 2) are excluded.

                                           Year ended
                                       December 31, 1996
                                       __________________

               Revenue                    $103,007,964
               Net income                    8,332,880
               Net income per share               2.38

NOTE 4 - CONTRACTS RECEIVABLE

Amounts due on contracts as of December 31, are as follows:
                                                     
                                                     
                                                     1995            1996
                                                   ___________    ___________

Completed contracts                                 $ 763,617     $ 2,993,275
Contracts in progress:
  Current                                          10,118,194       8,684,928
  Retainage due within one year                     2,064,565       1,806,211
Less:  Allowance for doubtful accounts                 (4,320)         (4,320)
                                                   ____________   ____________

                                                    $12,942,056   $13,480,094
                                                   =============  ============

The  portion  of  the  retainage  due  in  excess  of one  year  is  not
significant.

<PAGE>  F-16

                      GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.

                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 5 - COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS

Information with respect to uncompleted contracts as  of December 31, is
as follows:

                                                      1995          1996
                                                  ___________   ___________  

Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts           $31,469,005   $23,419,376
Estimated profit earned to date                     3,981,149     2,296,505
                                                  ___________   ___________
                                                   35,450,154    25,715,881
Less:  Billings to date                           (37,454,935)  (26,614,022)
                                                  ____________  ____________
                                                  $(2,004,781)  $  (898,141)
                                                  ============  ============

The above amounts are included in the accompanying
  balance sheet under the following captions:
    Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
     billings on uncompleted contracts            $   505,096   $ 1,306,341
    Billings in excess of costs and estimated
     earnings on uncompleted contracts             (2,509,877)   (2,204,482)
                                                  _____________ _____________

                                                  $(2,004,781)  $  (898,141)
                                                  ============= =============

NOTE 6 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following at December 31:

                                                       1995           1996
                                                     __________   __________

  Land                                               $2,123,447   $ 2,123,447
  Buildings                                           5,143,537     5,159,744
  Machinery and equipment                             7,332,982    10,813,566
  Improvements                                        7,100,252     9,385,147
  Furniture and fixtures                                397,773       425,991
  Transportation equipment                              403,879       404,286
  Construction in progress                              152,742       127,651
                                                     ___________   ___________
                                                     22,654,612    28,439,832

  Less:  Accumulated depreciation                    (9,172,083)  (10,705,190)
                                                     ___________  ____________
                                                     $13,482,529  $17,734,642
                                                     ===========  ============

The Company leases certain equipment used in the normal  course  of  its
operations  under month-to-month lease agreements cancelable only by the
Company.  During  1994,  1995 and 1996, the Company expensed $2,800,000,
$3,000,000 and $2,801,000, respectively, related to these leases.

<PAGE>  F-17

                        GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.

                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 7 - LINES OF CREDIT AND NOTES PAYABLE

Lines of credit consist of the following at December 31:

                                                        1995         1996
                                                      ____________ ___________
Revolving credit agreement with two banks
aggregating $12,000,000 available through
December 31, 1998.  Interest at prime rate or
LIBOR plus 2% (9% and 8.25% at December
31, 1995 and 1996), payable quarterly.  A fee
on unused commitment of three-eighths of one
percent per annum is payable quarterly.                $5,100,000  $3,800,000

Non-revolving line of credit with two banks
aggregating $10,000,000.  Principal payable
quarterly commencing June 30, 1997; interest at
prime rate or LIBOR plus 2% (8.25% at December
31, 1996) payable quarterly.                                  -     2,000,000

Other notes payable                                       445,402     386,894
                                                     ____________  ___________
                                                        5,545,402   6,186,894

Less current portion                                      433,502     529,752
                                                     ____________  ___________
                                                       $5,111,900  $5,657,142
                                                     ============  ===========

On January 2, 1997, the amount available under the non-revolving line of
credit was increased to $15,000,000, and amounts outstanding at June 30,
1997 will automatically convert  to  a term loan due June 30, 2004.  All
other provisions remain the same.  The  revolving  credit  agreement and
the non-revolving line of credit are secured by substantially all of the
fixed  assets  of  the  Company.   The  Company  is required to maintain
certain  balance  sheet  and  cash  flow ratios, and there  are  certain
dividend restrictions.

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt in the fiscal years subsequent to
1996 are as follows:
                                  
          1997                        $  529,752
          1998                         4,085,714
          1999                           285,714
          2000                           285,714
          2001                           285,714
          Thereafter                     714,286
                                      ___________
                                      $6,186,894
                                      ===========

<PAGE>  F-18

                     GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.

                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 8 - RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company has a defined contribution plan (the Plan) for all employees
that is qualified under Section 401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue Code.
Contributions  to the Plan by the Company are based on the participants'
contributions, with  an  additional  year end discretionary contribution
determined by the Board of Directors.   For the years ended December 31,
1994 and 1995, the Company contributed $347,900  and $239,200.  In 1996,
the Company contributed $542,000, including a discretionary contribution
of $250,000.  No discretionary contributions were  made in 1994 or 1995.
The  Company  pays  expenses associated with the administration  of  the
Plan.

NOTE 9 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

On December 1, 1996,  the  Company's  principal shareholders sold 49,000
(1.4%) of their existing shares to officers  and management employees at
$7.14  per  share (number of shares and per share  prices  adjusted  for
effect of stock  split described in following paragraph).  The per share
price on that date was based on an independent appraisal that valued the
Company as a privately held business.  As a result of the initial public
offering, the Company  has  determined  that  it  should  record  a non-
recurring,  non-cash  compensation charge of $500,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1996 related  to  the 49,000 shares.  This charge was based
on the difference between the net  offering price the Company expects to
receive in the public offering and the  net cash price recipients of the
49,000 shares expect to have paid.  The net  cash price to recipients of
$3.57  per share represents the $7.14 per share  price  charged  by  the
shareholders,  less  $3.76  per  share  of  tax-free  dividends that the
recipients   expect   to   receive   as  a  result  of  the  shareholder
distributions described in Note 2, increased by the recipient's share of
taxable income for the year of $.19 per share (in each case adjusted for
the effect of the stock split described  in  the  following  paragraph).
The   compensation  charge  resulted  in  a  corresponding  increase  to
additional paid-in capital.

On February  13,  1997,  the  Board  of  Directors  adopted  a long-term
incentive compensation plan under which options for 500,000 shares of common
stock may be granted to officers and key  employees. The  exercise  price  
for options may  not  be less than the fair market value  of  the  common  
stock on the date of grant.   Options for 106,500 shares were granted at
an exercise price which is to equal the initial public offering price.

On February 14, 1997, the shareholders enacted the following:

(a) Authorized a stock split whereby the 1,000,000 outstanding shares of
    no par value common stock  were  exchanged  for  3,500,000 shares of
    common stock.  This recapitalization is reflected  retroactively  in
    the accompanying financial statements and per share calculations.

(b) Authorized  5,000,000 shares of no par value preferred stock.  There
    are no preferred shares issued or outstanding.

(c) Increased the  authorized  common  shares  from 10,000,000 shares to
    20,000,000 shares.

NOTE 10 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Company has a commitment to purchase two cranes in 1997  
for $4,303,000.

The  Company is one of four defendants in a lawsuit in which
the plaintiff  claims  that the Company improperly installed
certain attachments to a  jacket  that it had fabricated for
the plaintiff.  The plaintiff, which  has  recovered most of
its  out-of-pocket  losses  from its own insurer,  seeks  to
recover the remainder of its  claimed  out-of-pocket  losses
(approximately $1 million) and approximately $63 million for
punitive  damages  and  for economic losses which it alleges
resulted from the delay in  oil  and gas production that was
caused by these events.  Management  is vigorously defending
its case and, after consultation with  legal  counsel,  does
not  expect that the ultimate resolution of this matter will
have a  material adverse effect on the financial position or
results of operations of the Company.

The Company  is  subject  to other claims through the normal
conduct of its business.  While  the  outcome of such claims
cannot  be  determined,  management  does  not  expect  that
resolution  of  these  matters will have a material  adverse
effect on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company.


<PAGE>  F-19

                        GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.

                NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 11 - SALES TO MAJOR CUSTOMERS

The Company's customer base is primarily concentrated in the oil and gas
industry.  The Company is not dependent  on  any  one  customer, and the
revenue earned from each customer varies from year to year  based on the
contracts  awarded.   Sales to customers comprising 10% or more  of  the
Company's total revenue are summarized as follows:
                                               
                                  1994          1995          1996
                                 _______      ________     ________

      Customer A               $  8,008,840 $    -         $   -
      Customer B                 15,018,718  12,035,534        -
      Customer C                     -       13,230,058        -
      Customer D                     -           -          8,195,638
      Customer E                     -           -          9,378,628
      Customer F                     -           -         10,118,798

Total export sales to West  Africa  and  Latin America were $15,935,213,
$25,964,572 and $12,871,693 in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

<PAGE>  F-20


                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
  Dolphin Services, Inc., Dolphin Sales and Rentals, Inc.
  and Dolphin Steel Sales, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying combined  balance sheet and the related
combined statements of income and retained earnings  and  of  cash flows
present  fairly,  in  all  material respects, the financial position  of
Dolphin Services, Inc., Dolphin  Sales  and  Rentals,  Inc.  and Dolphin
Steel  Sales,  Inc.  (the  "Companies")  at  December 31, 1996, and  the
results  of  their  operations  and their cash flows  for  the  year  in
conformity  with  generally  accepted   accounting   principles.   These
financial   statements   are   the   responsibility  of  the  Companies'
management;  our  responsibility  is  to express  an  opinion  on  these
financial statements based on our audit.   We  conducted  our  audit  of
these   statements   in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards which require  that  we  plan  and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial  statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining,  on  a  test basis,
evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial
statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles used and significant
estimates  made  by  management, and evaluating  the  overall  financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for the opinion expressed above.


PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

New Orleans, Louisiana
January 23, 1997

<PAGE>  F-21

               DOLPHIN SERVICES, INC. DOLPHIN SALES AND RENTALS, INC.
                        AND DOLPHIN STEEL SALES, INC.

                         COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

                            DECEMBER 31, 1996

ASSETS

Current assets:
         Cash                                                 $82,842
         Contracts receivable, net of 
          allowance for doubtful accounts of $65,856        4,659,266
         Contract retainage                                   193,045
         Other receivables                                    137,387
         Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
           billings on uncompleted contracts                   55,493
         Inventory                                            766,624
         Prepaid expenses and other current assets            385,290
                                                           ___________
                  Total current assets                      6,279,947

         Property and equipment, net                        3,171,823
         Other assets                                         254,282
                                                           ___________
                   Total assets                            $9,706,052
                                                           ===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
         Accounts payable                                 $ 1,455,096
         Billings in excess of costs and 
           estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts        488,357         
         Accrued expenses                                     151,044      
         Accrued employee costs                               561,608
         Income taxes payable                                 453,490
         Other liabilities                                     92,074      
 Current portion of notes payable                             205,959
                                                           ___________
                       Total current liabilities            3,407,628

Notes payable, less current portion                           366,181
Deferred taxes                                                301,160
                                                           ___________
                       Total liabilities                    4,074,969
                                                           ___________
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 8)

Shareholders' equity:
         
         Dolphin Services, Inc.-
          Common stock, no par value,  
           200,000 shares authorized, 
           132,288 shares issued and 
           111,898 outstanding
           (20,390 held in treasury)                          476,971
         Dolphin Sales and Rentals Inc.-
         Common stock, no par value, 10,000 
          shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued 
          and outstanding                                       1,000
         Dolphin Steel Sales Inc.-
         Common stock, no par value, 10,000 
          shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued 
          and outstanding                                       1,000
     Retained earnings                                      5,455,961
     Treasury stock, at cost                                 (303,849)
                                                           ___________

                  Total shareholders' equity                5,631,083
                                                           ____________
                                                           $9,706,052  
                                                           ============
See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

<PAGE>  F-22

            DOLPHIN SERVICES, INC., DOLPHIN SALES AND RENTALS, INC.
                       AND  DOLPHIN STEEL SALES, INC.


                COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS      
                      
                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                    
                                    
                                    
Revenue                                                $26,801,965

Cost of revenue                                        $22,949,869
                                                       ____________

Gross profit                                             3,852,096
                                                                
General and administrative expense                       1,641,519
                                                        ___________
                                                                
Operating income                                         2,210,577
                                                                
Interest expense                                             4,656
                                                        ___________
Income before income taxes                               2,205,921

Provision for income taxes                                 822,127
                                                        ___________       
Net income                                               1,383,794

Retained earnings, beginning of year                     4,072,167
                                                        ___________
Retained earnings, end of year                         $ 5,455,961
                                                        ===========

<PAGE>  F-23

               DOLPHIN SERVICES, INC., DOLPHIN SALES AND RENTALS, INC.
                       AND DOLPHIN STEEL SALES, INC.

                       COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                    
                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

Cash flows from operating activities:
         Cash received from customers                 $ 25,574,686        
         Cash paid to suppliers and employees          (24,002,725)
         Interest paid                                      (4,656)
                                                      ______________
             Net cash provided by operating activities   1,567,305
                                                      ______________
Cash flows from investing activities:
         Capital expenditures, net                        (883,844)
         Proceeds from sale of assets                       17,700
                                                      ______________
             Net cash used in investing activities        (866,144)
                                                      ______________
Cash flows from financing activities:
         Proceeds from issuance of notes payable           950,158
         Principal payments on notes payable            (1,465,905)
         Proceeds from issuance of common stock             46,969
         Purchase of treasury stock                       (271,451)
                                                       ______________
             Net cash used in financing activities        (740,229)
                                                       ______________
Net decrease in cash                                       (39,068)

Cash at beginning of year                                  121,910
                                                       ______________
Cash at end of year                                     $   82,842
                                                       ==============
Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

Net income                                              $1,383,794
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
 provided by operating activities:
         Depreciation                                      427,459
         Increase  in contracts receivable              (1,788,344)
         Decrease in contract retainage                    412,069
         Loss on sale of assets                              3,599
         Increase in other receivables                    (137,387)
         Increase in costs and estimated earnings in
          excess of billings on uncompleted contracts      (55,493) 
         Increase in inventory                             (11,850)
         Decrease in prepaid expenses and other 
          current assets                                   123,684
         Decrease in other assets                          202,371
         Increase in accounts payable                      462,579
         Decrease in billings in excess of costs and
           estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts     (41,926)
         Increase in accrued expenses                      104,032
         Increase in accrued employee costs                  7,830
         Increase in income taxes payable                  406,077
         Increase in other liabilities                       8,317
         Increase in deferred taxes                         60,494
                                                        _____________
               Net cash provided by 
                 operating activities                    $1,567,305          
                                                        =============

<PAGE>  F-24


         DOLPHIN SERVICES, INC. DOLPHIN SALES AND RENTALS, INC.
                     AND DOLPHIN STEEL SALES, INC.

               NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Companies and Principles of Combination

The financial statements  of  Dolphin  Services, Inc., Dolphin Sales and
Rentals,  Inc.,  and Dolphin Steel Sales,  Inc.  (the  "Companies")  are
combined,  as  each   company   is   substantially  owned  by  identical
shareholders.  Intercompany accounts and  transactions are eliminated in
the combination.

Dolphin  Services,  Inc.  ("Services"),  located  in  Houma,  Louisiana,
performs  offshore  and  inshore  fabrication   and  other  construction
services for the oil and gas industry.  Services'  principal markets are
concentrated on the inland and offshore regions of the coast of the Gulf
of Mexico.  Dolphin Sales and Rentals, Inc. owns the  land  and building
leased  by  Services.   There  is  no  other  activity for this Company.
Dolphin  Steel  Sales,  Inc. sells steel plates to  Services  and  third
parties.

For the year ended December  31,  1996,  the  Companies  were  owned  by
various  management personnel and other investors.  Effective January 2,
1997, all  outstanding  shares  of common stock were sold to Gulf Island
Fabrication, Inc. ("Gulf Island").

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions  that  affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities
and disclosure of contingent  liabilities  at  the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues  and expenses during the
reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Inventory

Inventory  consists of materials and production supplies  not  held  for
resale, valued  at $356,775, and steel inventory held for resale, valued
at $409,849.  All  inventory  is  stated  at the lower of cost or market
determined on the first-in, first-out basis.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property,  plant  and equipment are carried at  cost.   Depreciation  of
assets is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful
lives of the related  assets.  Amortization of leasehold improvements is
computed by the straight-line method over the shorter of the useful life
of the asset or the life of the lease.  Useful lives range from 30 years
for buildings; 10 to 20  years  for machinery and equipment; 5 years for
furniture  and  fixtures;  3  to 5 years  for  vehicles;  10  years  for
leasehold  improvements  and  5  years  for  other  equipment.   As  the
Companies  have  not  had  any  construction   projects  of  significant
duration,  no  interest  costs have been capitalized;  however,  certain
labor and other direct construction  costs have been capitalized as part
of the assets.

Assets retired or otherwise disposed of  are  removed  from the accounts
along with any related depreciation and amortization, and  the resultant
gain  or  loss  is  reflected  in  income.  Maintenance and repairs  are
charged to expense as incurred.


<PAGE>  F-25

             DOLPHIN SERVICES, INC., DOLPHIN SALES AND RENTALS, INC.
                       AND DOLPHIN STEEL SALES, INC.

                NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


Revenue Recognition

Revenue from fixed-price and time and  materials  construction contracts
is recognized on the percentage-of-completion method  based on the ratio
of costs incurred to total estimated costs at completion.

Contract  costs  include all direct material and labor costs  and  those
indirect costs related  to contract performance, such as indirect labor,
supplies and tools.  Also  included  in  contract costs are a portion of
those  indirect  contract  costs  related  to plant  capacity,  such  as
depreciation,  insurance  and repairs and maintenance.   These  indirect
costs are allocated to jobs based on actual direct labor hours incurred.
Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the
period in which such losses are determined.

The asset caption entitled  "costs  and  estimated earnings in excess of
billings  on  uncompleted contracts" represents  revenue  recognized  in
excess of amounts  billed.  The liability caption "billings in excess of
cost and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts" represents amounts
billed in excess of revenue recognized.

Income Taxes

The Companies provide  for  taxes  on the basis of items included in the
determination of income for financial  reporting  purposes regardless of
the period when such items are reported for tax purposes.   Accordingly,
the Companies record deferred tax liabilities and assets for  future tax
consequences  of  events  that have been recognized in different periods
for financial and tax purposes.

Immediately prior to the sale  of the outstanding stock of the Companies
to Gulf Island on January 2, 1997,  the  Companies' shareholders elected
to change the Companies' statuses from C Corporations  to S Corporations
for federal and state income tax purposes, which is consistent  with the
S Corporation status under which Gulf Island has operated.  Accordingly,
the  shareholders  will  become liable for all future individual federal
and state income taxes on  the  allocated  portions  of  the  Companies'
taxable income.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount of the Companies' financial instruments at  December
31,  1996  including  cash,  contracts  receivable,  and  notes payable,
closely approximates fair value.

Basis for Cash Flows

For  purposes  of  the  combined  statement of cash flows, the Companies
include cash on hand and cash in banks.

<PAGE>  F-26


              DOLPHIN SERVICES, INC., DOLPHIN SALES AND RENTALS, INC.
                            AND DOLPHIN STEEL SALES, INC.

            NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


NOTE 2 - CONTRACTS RECEIVABLE

Amounts due on contracts as of December 31, 1996 are as follows:

Completed contracts                               $ 2,957,585
Contracts in progress:
  Current                                           1,767,537
  Retainage due within one year                       193,045
  Less:  Allowance for doubtful accounts              (65,856)
                                                   ____________
                                                  $  4,852,311
                                                   ============

NOTE 3 - COSTS AND ESTIMATED EARNINGS ON UNCOMPLETED CONTRACTS

Information with respect to uncompleted  contracts  as  of  December 31,
1996 is as follows:

Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts            $ 2,616,465
Estimated profit earned to date                        166,708
                                                   ____________  
                                                   $ 2,783,173
Less:  Billings to date                             (3,216,037)
                                                   ____________
                                                   $  (432,864)
                                                   ============
The above amounts are included in the
  accompanying balance sheet under
  the following captions:
    Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
     billings on uncompleted contracts             $    55,493
    Billings in excess of costs and estimated
     earnings on uncompleted contracts                (488,357)
                                                   ______________
                                                   $  (432,864)
                                                   ==============
NOTE 4 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property,  plant and equipment consist of the following at December  31,
1996:

Land                                                $  332,216
Buildings and leasehold improvements                 1,197,895
Furniture and fixtures                                  46,751
Machinery and equipment                              4,536,423
Automotive equipment                                   662,049
Other                                                  123,551
                                                    ___________
                                                     6,898,885     

Less:  Accumulated depreciation and amortization    (3,727,062)
                                                    ____________
                                                    $3,171,823
                                                    ============
Depreciation expense for 1996 totalled $427,459.

<PAGE> F-27


              DOLPHIN SERVICES, INC., DOLPHIN SALES AND RENTALS, INC.
                            AND DOLPHIN STEEL SALES, INC.

            NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


NOTE 5 - NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT

Notes payable  and  line of credit consists of the following at December
31, 1996:


Note payable to bank, interest at 8%; monthly principal
  installments of $9,047 plus interest through April 30,
  2001; secured by a 4100 Series Manitowoc crane          $ 474,834

Note payable to bank, interest at a prime rate plus 1%
    (9.25% at December 31, 1996); monthly principal
    installments of $4,500 plus interest through April
  30, 1997; secured by accounts receivable and
  inventory                                                   22,306

Revolving credit agreement with a bank, aggregating
  $1,500,000 through April 1997.  Interest at a prime
  rate (8.25% at December 31, 1996),  payable monthly;
  secured by and limited to certain qualifying accounts       
  receivable                                                  75,000
                                                           ___________
    Total notes payable                                      572,140

Less current portion                                         205,959
                                                           ___________
Long-term notes payable                                    $ 366,181
                                                           ===========


Maturities of long-term notes payable and line of credit for years
subsequent to 1996 are as follows:

       1997                                      $205,959
       1998                                       108,564
       1999                                       108,564
       2000                                       108,564
       2001                                        40,489
                                                 __________
                                                 $ 572,140
                                                 ==========


In connection with the purchase of the companies on January 2, 1997,
Gulf Island paid all outstanding debt of the Companies in full.

<PAGE>  F-28


              DOLPHIN SERVICES, INC., DOLPHIN SALES AND RENTALS, INC.
                            AND DOLPHIN STEEL SALES, INC.

            NOTES TO THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 6 - INCOME TAXES

The components of the  provision  for  income  taxes  for the year ended
December 31, 1996 follow:

Current tax expense:
    Federal                                       $ 685,880
    State                                            75,753
                                                  __________
Total current tax expense                           761,633

Deferred tax expense                                 60,494
                                                  __________
Total provision for income taxes                  $ 822,127
                                                  ==========

Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the
financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Companies' assets and
liabilities.  The Companies' temporary differences primarily  relate  to
differences in  depreciation  for  book  and  tax purposes and different
methods for recognizing bad debts.  The provision  for  income  taxes is
greater  than  the  amount  of  income  tax  determined  by applying the
applicable federal rate to pre-tax income due to state income taxes.

NOTE 7 - RETIREMENT PLAN

Services  has  a  qualified  401(k)  profit sharing plan (the Plan)  for
employees.  The Plan provides for a 50%  match  by Services for employee
contributions  of  up  to 6% of gross pay.  Such employer  contributions
vest over a period of 6  years  and  totaled  $73,852 in 1996.  Services
pays  expenses  associated with the administration  of  the  Plan  which
totalled $5,214 in 1996.

NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

From  time  to  time,   the  Companies  are  parties  to  various  legal
proceedings arising in the  ordinary  course  of business. The Companies
are not currently party to any material litigation  and  is not aware of
any litigation threatened against it that could have a material  adverse
effect on the financial statements or results of operations.

NOTE 9 - SALES TO MAJOR CUSTOMERS

Services'  customer  base  is  primarily concentrated in the oil and gas
industry.   Services is not dependent  on  any  one  customer,  and  the
revenue earned  from each customer varies from year to year based on the
contracts awarded.   Sales  to  customers  comprising 10% or more of the
Companies' total revenue in 1996 are summarized as follows:

            Customer A                      $4,469,607
            Customer B                      2,794,040

<PAGE>

_______________________________________     ___________________________________

No  dealer,  salesperson  or  any other
person has been authorized to give  any
information     or    to    make    any
representations not  contained  in this
Prospectus in connection with the offer
contained  herein,  and,  if  given  or              2,000,000 Shares
made,      such      information     or
representations must not be relied upon
as  having  been  authorized   by   the
Company   or   any  Underwriter.   This
Prospectus does not constitute an offer                   [LOGO]
to sell or a solicitation  of  an offer
to  buy  the  shares  of  Common  Stock
offered   hereby   by   anyone  in  any
jurisdiction  in  which such  offer  or
solicitation is not  authorized,  or in
which  the person making such offer  or       Gulf Island Fabrication, Inc.
solicitation is not qualified to do so,
or to any person to whom it is unlawful
to make  such  solicitation  or  offer.
Neither the delivery of this Prospectus               Common Stock
nor  any  sale  made  hereunder  shall,
under   any  circumstances,  create  an
implication  that  there  has  been  no
change  in  the  affairs of the Company
since  the  date  hereof  or  that  the
information contained herein is correct
as of any time subsequent to its date.                _____________
           _________________                            
                                                        PROSPECTUS
                                                      ______________

           TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   Page
Prospectus Summary.................
Risk Factors.......................          Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.
Prior S Corporation Status.........
Use of Proceeds....................          Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Dividend  Policy...................
Dilution...........................            Johnson Rice & Company L.L.C.
Capitalization.....................
Selected Financial and 
 Operating Data....................
Management's Discussion 
 and Analysis of Financial.........                __________________, 1997
Condition and Results of 
 Operations........................
Business Management................
Principal Shareholders.............
Certain Transactions...............
Description of Capital Stock.......
Underwriting.......................
Shares Eligible for Future Sale....
Legal Matters......................
Experts............................
Other Information..................
Glossary of Certain Technical  
 Terms............................. 
Index to Consolidated Financial
 Statements........................ F-1
         ______________________


          Until _____________, 1997 (25
days   after   the   date    of    this
Prospectus),   all   dealers  effecting
transactions   in  the  Common   Stock,
whether  or not participating  in  this
distribution,   may   be   required  to
deliver  a  Prospectus.   This   is  in
addition   to  the  obligation  of  the
dealers to deliver  a  Prospectus  when
acting as Underwriters and with respect
to    their    unsold   allotments   or
subscriptions.
________________________________________   ____________________________________

<PAGE>

                                   PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

         Estimated expenses payable in connection with the proposed sale
of Common Stock covered hereby are as follows:

      SEC registration fee                        $   11,152
      NASD filing fee                                  4,180
      Printing expenses
      Legal fees and expenses
      Accounting fees and expenses
      Blue Sky fees and expenses 
        (including counsel fees)
      Transfer agent fees and expenses
      Miscellaneous expenses
                                                  _____________
           Total expenses                         $


Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      The Louisiana Business Corporation Law (the "LBCL"), Section 83,
(i) gives Louisiana corporations broad powers to indemnify their present
and former directors and officers and those of affiliated corporations
against expenses incurred in the defense of any lawsuit to which they
are made parties by reason of being or having been such directors or
officers; (ii) subject to specific conditions and exclusions, gives a
director or officer who successfully defends such an action the right to
be so indemnified; and (iii) authorizes Louisiana corporations to buy
directors' and officers' liability insurance. Such indemnification is
not exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be
entitled under any by-law, agreement, authorization of shareholders or
otherwise.

      The Company's By-laws make mandatory the indemnification of
directors and officers permitted by the LBCL. The standard to be applied
in evaluating any claim for indemnification (excluding claims for
expenses incurred in connection with the successful defense of any
proceeding or matter therein for which indemnification is mandatory
without reference to any such standard) is whether the claimant acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not
opposed to, the best interests of the Company. With respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, the standard is that the claimant had no
reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. No indemnification
is permitted in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which a
director or officer shall have been adjudged by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be liable for willful or intentional misconduct or to
have obtained an improper personal benefit, unless, and only to the
extent that the court shall determine upon application that, in view of
all the circumstances of the case, he is fairly and reasonably entitled
to indemnity for such expenses that the court shall deem proper.

      The Company maintains liability policies to indemnify its officers
and directors against loss arising from claims by reason of their legal
liability for acts as officers and directors, subject to limitations and
conditions to be set forth in the policies.

      The Underwriters have also agreed to indemnify the directors and
certain of the Company's officers against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), or to contribute to payments that such directors and
officers may be required to make in respect thereof.

      Each of the Company's directors and executive officers has entered
into an indemnity agreement with the Company, pursuant to which the
Company has agreed under certain circumstances to purchase and maintain
directors' and officers' liability insurance. The agreements also
provide that the Company will indemnify the directors and executive
officers against any costs and expenses, judgments, settlements and
fines incurred in connection with any claim involving a director or
executive officer by reason of his position as director or officer that
are in excess of the coverage provided by any such insurance, provided
that the director or officer meets certain standards of conduct. A form
of indemnity agreement containing such standards of conduct is included
as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.  Under the indemnity
agreements, the Company is not required to purchase and maintain
directors' and officers' liability insurance if it is not reasonably
available or, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors,
there is insufficient benefit to the Company from the insurance.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

      None.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

      (a)   Exhibits

      1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

      2.1   Stock Purchase Agreement with respect to Dolphin Services,
            Inc. dated November 27, 1996.*

      2.2   Stock Purchase Agreement with respect to Dolphin Steel
            Sales, Inc., dated November 27, 1996.*

      2.3   Stock Purchase Agreement with respect to Dolphin Sales &
            Rentals, Inc. dated November 27, 1996.*

      3.1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the
            Company.

      3.2   By-laws of the Company.

      4.1   See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of the Company's
            Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and By-laws
            defining the rights of holders of Common Stock.

      4.2   Specimen Common Stock certificate.*

      5.1   Opinion of Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere &
            Denegre L.L.P.*

     10.1   Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Company and
            each of its directors and executive officers.

     10.2   Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Alden
            J. Laborde.*

     10.3   Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and Huey
            J. Wilson.*

     10.4   Fifth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan
            Agreement among the Company and First National Bank of
            Commerce and Whitney National Bank, dated as of October 24,
            1996 (the "Bank Credit Facility").*

     10.5   First Amendment to the Company's Bank Credit Facility, dated
            as of January 2, 1997.*

     10.6   The Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan.

     10.7   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Company's Long-Term
            Incentive Plan.*

     21.1   Subsidiaries of the Company.

     23.1   Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.

     23.2   Consent of Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere &
            Denegre L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1).*

     24.1   Power of Attorney (included in the Signature Page to this
            Registration Statement).

     27.1   Financial Data Schedule.

      (b)   Financial Statements Schedule.

      Schedule II

      *To be filed by amendment.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
Underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as
required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each
purchaser.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

      (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the
            Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
            prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in
            reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of
            prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule
            424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be
            deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the
            time it was declared effective.

      (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the
            Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains
            a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
            registration statement relating to the securities offered
            therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
            shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
            thereof.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item
14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the
opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification
is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of
expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person
of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.


<PAGE>
                                  
                                  SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Houma, State of Louisiana, on February 13, 1997.

                                          GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.


                                          By:   /s/ Kerry J. Chauvin
                                              ___________________________  
                                                    Kerry J. Chauvin
                                           President and Chief Executive
                                                       Officer

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints each of Alden J. Laborde and
Kerry J. Chauvin, or either one of them, his true and lawful attorney-
in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution, for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all
amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration
Statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his
substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

       Signature                        Title                     Date
       _________                        _____                     _____

/s/ Alden J. Laborde          Chairman of the Board          February 13, 1997
______________________
    Alden J. Laborde              

/s/ Kerry J. Chauvin      President, Chief Executive Officer February 13, 1997
________________________  and Director  (Principal Executive 
    Kerry J. Chauvin                Officer)


/s/ Joseph P. Gallagher,III Vice President - Finance, Chief  February 13, 1997
___________________________ Financial Officer, Security and   
   Joseph P. Gallagher, III Treasurer (Principal Financial and
                                     Accounting Officer)

/s/ Gregory J. Cotter                   Director             February 13, 1997
_________________________
    Gregory J. Cotter                                        

/s/ Thomas E. Fairley                   Director             February 13, 1997
_________________________
    Thomas E. Fairley  


/s/ Hugh J. Kelly                       Director             February 13, 1997
_________________________    
    Hugh J. Kelly        

/s/ John P. Laborde                     Director             February 13, 1997
_________________________
    John P. Laborde 

/s/ Huey J. Wilson                      Director             February 13, 1997
_________________________
    Huey J. Wilson        



SCHEDULE II

                      VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                 For the Three Years Ended December 31, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

=====================================================================================================
          Column A                  Column B            Column C            Column D       Column E
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________

                                                      Additions            Deductions
                                                 ______________________   ____________
                                     Balance at  Charged to    Charged                    Balance at  
                                     Beginning    Costs and    to Order                     End of
           Description               of Period    Expenses     Accounts    (Write-Offs)     Period
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
<S>                                    <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>

Year Ended December 31, 1994
  Allowance for doubtful accounts      $4,290        $   -       $    -       $     -      $  4,290

Year Ended December 31, 1995
  Allowance for doubtful accounts       4,290           30            -             -         4,320

Year Ended December 31, 1996
  Allowance for doubtful accounts       4,320            -            -             -         4,320
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                          Sequentially
Exhibit                                                     Numbered
Number  Description of Exhibits                               Page
1.1     Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
2.1     Stock Purchase Agreement with respect to Dolphin
        Services, Inc. dated November 27, 1996.*
2.2     Stock Purchase Agreement with respect to Dolphin
        Steel Sales, Inc., dated November 27, 1996.*
2.3     Stock Purchase Agreement with respect to Dolphin
        Sales & Rentals, Inc. dated November 27, 1996.*
3.1     Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of
        the Company.
3.2     By-laws of the Company.
4.1     See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of the
        Company's Amended and Restated Articles of
        Incorporation and By-laws defining the rights of
        holders of Common Stock.
4.2     Specimen Common Stock certificate.*
5.1     Opinion of Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent,
        Carrere & Denegre, L.L.P.*
10.1    Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the
        Company and each of its directors and executive
        officers.
10.2    Registration Rights Agreement between the Company
        and Alden J. Laborde.*
10.3    Registration Rights Agreement between the Company
        and Huey J. Wilson.*
10.4    Fifth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and
        Term Loan Agreement among the Company and First
        National Bank of Commerce and Whitney National
        Bank, dated as of October 24, 1996 (the "Bank
        Credit Facility").*
10.5    First Amendment to the Company's Bank Credit
        Facility, dated as of January 2, 1997.*
10.6    The Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan.
10.7    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the
        Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan.*
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1    Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
23.2    Consent of Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent,
        Carrere & Denegre, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit
        5.1).*
 24.1   Power of Attorney (included in the Signature Page
        to this Registration Statement).
27.1    Financial Data Schedule.
______________________

* To be filed by amendment.



                                 AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                          OF
                            GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.


               Gulf  Island Fabrication, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (the
          "Corporation"),  acting  through  its  undersigned  President and
          Secretary  and  by  authority  of  its shareholders and Board  of
          Directors, does hereby certify that:

               FIRST:   The Amended and Restated  Articles of Incorporation
          set  forth  in  paragraph Fifth below accurately  set  forth  the
          articles of incorporation  of  the Corporation and all amendments
          thereto in effect on the date hereof,  including the changes made
          by   the   amendments  described  in  Paragraph   Fourth   below.
          Immediately  prior  hereto,  the  authorized capital stock of the
          Corporation consisted of 10,000,000  shares  of capital stock, no
          par  value  per  share, all of which shares were  denominated  as
          Common Stock, no par  value  per share, of which 1,000,000 shares
          of Common Stock were issued and outstanding.

               SECOND:    All  such  amendments   have   been  effected  in
          conformity with law.

               THIRD:    The  date of incorporation of the Corporation  was
          April  26,  1989 and the  date  of  these  Amended  and  Restated
          Articles of Incorporation is February 14, 1997.

               FOURTH:    Acting  by  written consent of shareholders dated
          February  8, 1997 pursuant to  Section  76(B)  of  the  Louisiana
          Business Corporation  Law  and  Article  IV  of the Corporation's
          articles  of  incorporation,  the  holders  of  70,600   of   the
          outstanding   shares   of   Common   Stock  of  the  Corporation,
          constituting 69% of the issued and outstanding  shares  of Common
          Stock   of   the   Corporation   entitled  to  vote  thereon  and
          constituting more than two-thirds  of  the  shares entitled to be
          voted by persons who are not interested shareholders  (as defined
          in  La. R.S. 12:132) of the Corporation, adopted resolutions  (i)
          amending  the  Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation as in
          effect prior to the date thereof by deleting Articles I through X
          in their entirety and replacing such articles with new Articles I
          through X as set  forth in paragraph Fifth below,  (ii) restating
          the Articles of Incorporation  as  so  amended in their entirety,
          and (iii) reclassifying and splitting each  share of Common Stock
          outstanding immediately prior hereto into three  and  5/10  (3.5)
          shares of Common Stock, no par value.

               FIFTH:    The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
          of the Corporation are as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I
                                         Name

               The name of the corporation is Gulf Island Fabrication, Inc.

                                      ARTICLE II
                                       Purpose

               The purpose  of  the  Corporation is to engage in any lawful
          activity for which corporations  may be formed under the Business
          Corporation Law of Louisiana.

                                     ARTICLE III
                                       Capital

               A.   Authorized  Stock.   The  Corporation  shall  have  the
          authority to issue an aggregate of 25,000,000  shares  of capital
          stock, of which 20,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock,  no  par
          value  per  share, and 5,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock,
          no par value per share.

               B.   Preferred  Stock.   Shares  of  Preferred  Stock may be
          issued  from  time  to time in one or more series.  Authority  is
          hereby vested in the  Board  of  Directors  of the Corporation to
          amend these Articles of Incorporation from time  to  time  to fix
          the  preferences, limitations and relative rights as between  the
          Preferred  Stock  and  the Common Stock, and to fix variations in
          the  preferences, limitations  and  relative  rights  as  between
          different series of Preferred Stock.

               C.   Reclassification.  From and after the effective date of
          these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, each issued
          and outstanding share of Common Stock, no par value per share, of
          the Corporation  outstanding  immediately  prior  hereto shall be
          reclassified into three and 5/10 (3.5) shares of Common Stock, no
          par value per share.


                                      ARTICLE IV
                                      Directors

               A.   Number  of  Directors.   The  Board of Directors  shall
          consist  of such number of persons as shall  be  designated  from
          time to time  in  the  by-laws  of the Corporation, or, if not so
          designated, as may be designated  from time to time by resolution
          of  the Board of Directors, provided  that  no  decrease  in  the
          number  of  directors  shall  shorten  the  term of any incumbent
          director.

               B.   Classification.   The  Board of Directors,  other  than
          those who may be elected by the holders of any class or series of
          stock having preference over the Common  Stock as to dividends or
          upon liquidation (whose terms of office may  be determined by the
          Board of Directors pursuant to Article III(B)), shall be divided,
          with  respect to the time during which, they shall  bold  office,
          into three  classes  as  nearly equal in number as possible, with
          the initial term of office  of  the Class I directors expiring at
          the annual meeting of shareholders  to  be  held  in 1998, of the
          Class II directors expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting
          of shareholders, and of the Class III directors expiring  at  the
          second succeeding annual meeting, with all such directors to hold
          office until their successors are elected and qualified.  At each
          subsequent  annual  meeting  of shareholders, directors chosen to
          succeed those whose terms then  expire  shall  be elected to hold
          office for a term expiring at the annual meeting  of shareholders
          held in the third year following the year of their  election  and
          until  their  successors  are duly elected and qualified.  If the
          Board of Directors shall appoint  any  director to fill a vacancy
          on the Board, whether resulting from an increase in the number of
          directors  or otherwise, such Director shall  be  assigned  to  a
          class by the  Board of Directors so that all classes of directors
          shall be as nearly  equal in number as possible.  In the event of
          a decrease in the number of directors, the Board of Directors may
          reassign the remaining  directors  to classes so that all classes
          of directors shall be as nearly equal in number as possible.

               C.   Vacancies.  Except as provided in Article IV(F) hereof,
          any vacancy on the Board (including any vacancy resulting from an
          increase in the authorized number of  directors or from a failure
          of  the  shareholders  to  elect  the full number  of  authorized
          directors) may, notwithstanding any resulting absence of a quorum
          of directors, be filled by a vote of  at  least two-thirds of the
          directors  remaining  in office, provided that  the  shareholders
          shall have the right to  fill  the vacancy at any special meeting
          called for such purpose prior to  any  such  action by the Board.
          Vacancies  on  the Board may be filled only as provided  in  this
          Article IV(C).

               D.   Removal.   Except  as provided in Article IV(F) hereof,
          any one or more directors may  be  removed, at any time, (i) with
          or without cause, by the affirmative  vote of at least two-thirds
          of the directors then constituting the Board of Directors or (ii)
          only for cause, by the holders of not less than two-thirds of the
          Total Voting Power (as defined in Article  VII(C) hereof) that is
          present  or  represented  at  a special meeting  of  shareholders
          called for such purpose, voting  together as a single class.  For
          purposes  of  this  Article  IV(D),  "cause"  shall  mean  (i)  a
          conviction of a director by a court of  competent jurisdiction of
          a  felony  involving  moral turpitude if such  conviction  is  no
          longer subject to direct  appeal  or  (ii)  an  adjudication by a
          court of competent jurisdiction of liability for gross negligence
          or gross misconduct in the performance of the director's  duty to
          the  Corporation  in  a  matter  of substantial importance to the
          Corporation if such adjudication is  no  longer subject to direct
          appeal.   At  the  same  meeting  in  which  the   directors   or
          shareholders  remove  one  or  more  directors,  a  successor  or
          successors  may be elected for the unexpired term of the director
          or directors removed.  Except as set forth in this Article IV(D),
          or in any provision  of  these Articles of Incorporation relating
          to removal of directors elected  by  holders  of Preferred Stock,
          directors shall not be subject to removal.

               E.   Board Nominations.  Except as provided in Article IV(F)
          hereof,  only  persons who are nominated in accordance  with  the
          procedures set forth  in this Article IV(E) shall be eligible for
          election as directors.   Nominations  of  persons for election to
          the  Board  of  Directors of the Corporation may  be  made  at  a
          meeting of shareholders  by  or  at the direction of the Board of
          Directors  or by any shareholder of  record  of  the  Corporation
          entitled to  vote  at  such meeting for the election of directors
          who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article
          IV(E).  Such nominations,  other  than  those  made  by or at the
          direction  of  the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant  to
          timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.  To
          be timely, a shareholder's notice shall be delivered to or mailed
          and received at  the principal office of the Corporation not less
          than  45  days nor more  than  90  days  prior  to  the  meeting,
          provided, however,  that  in  the  event  that  less than 55 days
          notice or prior public disclosure of the date of  the  meeting is
          given  or made to shareholders, notice by the shareholder  to  be
          timely must  be so received at the principal executive offices of
          the Corporation  no later than the close of business on the tenth
          day following the  day  on  which  such notice of the date of the
          meeting  was  mailed or such public disclosure  was  made.   Such
          shareholder's notice shall set forth or include the following:

                    1. as  to  each person whom the shareholder proposes to
               nominate for election  or re-election as a director, (a) the
               name, age, business address  and residential address of such
               person, (b) the principal occupation  or  employment of such
               person, (c) the class and number of shares  of capital stock
               of  the  Corporation of which such person is the  beneficial
               owner (as  defined  in  Rule  13d-3  promulgated  under  the
               Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
               "Act")), (d) such person's written consent to being named in
               the proxy statement as  a nominee and to serve as a director
               if elected and (e) any other  information  relating  to such
               person   that   would   be   required  to  be  disclosed  in
               solicitations of proxies for the  election  of directors, or
               would  be  otherwise  required,  in  each  case pursuant  to
               Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act; and

                    2. as to the shareholder of record giving  the  notice,
               (a)  the  name  and  address of such shareholder and (b) the
               class  and  number  of  shares   of  capital  stock  of  the
               Corporation  of  which such shareholder  is  the  beneficial
               owner  (as defined  in  Rule  13d-3  promulgated  under  the
               Exchange  Act).  If requested in writing by the Secretary of
               the Corporation  at least 15 days in advance of the meeting,
               such shareholder shall disclose to the Secretary, within ten
               days  of such request,  whether  such  person  is  the  sole
               beneficial  owner  of the shares held of record by him, and,
               if not, the name and  address  of each other person known by
               the  shareholder of record to claim  or  have  a  beneficial
               interest in such shares.

          At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by
          the Board of  Directors  for election as a director shall furnish
          to the Secretary of the Corporation  that information required to
          be  set  forth  in  a  shareholders notice  of  nomination  which
          pertains to the nominee.   If a shareholder seeks to nominate one
          or more directors, the Secretary  shall  appoint  two inspectors,
          who  shall  not be affiliated with the Corporation, to  determine
          whether the shareholder has complied with this Article IV(E).  If
          the inspectors  shall  determine  that  the  shareholder  has not
          complied with this Article IV(E), the defective nomination  shall
          be  disregarded  and  the inspectors shall direct the Chairman of
          the meeting to declare  at  the  meeting that such nomination was
          not  made  in accordance with the procedures  prescribed  by  the
          Articles of Incorporation.

               F.   Directors    Elected    by    Preferred   Shareholders.
          Notwithstanding anything in these Articles  of  Incorporation  to
          the  contrary, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or
          series  of  stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to
          dividends or  upon  liquidation  shall  have  the  right,  voting
          separately  as  a  class,  to  elect one or more directors of the
          Corporation, the provisions of these  Articles  of  Incorporation
          (as they may be duly amended from time to time) fixing the rights
          and preferences of such preferred stock shall govern with respect
          to  the nomination, election, term, removal, vacancies  or  other
          related matters with respect to such directors.


                                      ARTICLE V
                                       By-laws

               A.   Adoption,   Amendment   and  Repeal.   By-laws  of  the
          Corporation may be adopted only by  a  majority vote of the Board
          of Directors.   By-laws may be amended or  repealed only by (i) a
          two-thirds  vote  of all directors who constitute  the  Board  of
          Directors, or (ii)  the  affirmative  vote  of  the holders of at
          least eighty percent of that portion of the Total  Voting  Power,
          as defined in Article  VII(C) hereof, voting together as a single
          class,  that  is present or represented at any regular or special
          meeting  of  shareholders,   the   notice  of  which  meeting  of
          shareholders  expressly  states that the  proposed  amendment  or
          repeal is to be considered at the meeting.

               B.   New Matters.  Any  purported  amendment  to the By-laws
          which would add thereto a matter not expressly covered in the By-
          laws  prior  to  such  purported  amendment  shall  be deemed  to
          constitute  the  adoption  of  a  By-law  provision  and  not  an
          amendment to the By-laws.


                                      ARTICLE VI
                             Application of Certain Laws

               The Corporation hereby elects not to be governed by Sections
          132,  133  and  134  of  the  Louisiana  Business Corporation Law
          (La.R.S. 12:132, La.R.S. 12:133 and La.R.S. 12:134).


                                     ARTICLE VII
                       Special Shareholder Voting Requirements

               A.   Amendments.  Unless approved by  vote  of at least two-
          thirds  of  the  directors  constituting the Board of  Directors,
          Articles  IV,  V,  VI,  VII,  VIII  and  X  of  the  Articles  of
          Incorporation may be amended only  by the affirmative vote of not
          less  than  eighty  percent  of the Total  Voting  Power  of  the
          Corporation.

               B.   Other Corporate Actions.   If a vote of shareholders is
          required to authorize an agreement of  merger or consolidation of
          the  Corporation,  the sale of all or substantially  all  of  the
          assets of the Corporation  or  the  voluntary  dissolution of the
          Corporation, then, unless such action has been approved  by  vote
          of at least two-thirds of the directors constituting the Board of
          Directors,  such action may be authorized only by the affirmative
          vote  of  eighty  percent  of  the  Total  Voting  Power  of  the
          Corporation.

               C.   Total  Voting  Power.   The  term  "Total Voting Power"
          means the total number of votes that shareholders, and holders of
          any bonds, debentures or other obligations granted  voting rights
          by  the  Corporation pursuant to La.R.S. 12:75(H), are  generally
          entitled to cast with respect to the election of directors or, if
          such term  is  used with reference to any other particular matter
          properly brought  before  the  shareholders or such other holders
          for their consideration and vote,  means the total number of such
          votes that are entitled to be cast with respect to such matter.


                                    ARTICLE VIII
                     Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

               A.   Limitation of Liability.  No director or officer of the
          Corporation  shall  be  liable  to  the  Corporation  or  to  its
          shareholders  for monetary damages for breach  of  his  fiduciary
          duty  as a director  or  officer,  provided  that  the  foregoing
          provision  shall  not  eliminate  or  limit  the  liability  of a
          director or officer for (1) any breach of his duty of loyalty  to
          the Corporation or its shareholders; (2) acts or omissions not in
          good  faith  or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
          violation of law; (3) liability for unlawful distributions of the
          Corporation's  assets  to,  or  redemptions or repurchases of the
          Corporation's shares from shareholders  of the Corporation, under
          and  to  the  extent  provided in La.R.S. 12:92(D);  or  (4)  any
          transaction from which  he  derived an improper personal benefit.
          If, after the date hereof, the Louisiana Business Corporation Law
          is amended to authorize further  elimination  or  limitation  the
          personal  liability  of directors or officers, then the liability
          of  a  director  or  an  officer  of  the  Corporation  shall  be
          eliminated or limited to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  the
          Louisiana Business Corporation Law, as so amended.

               B.   Indemnification.  Subject to such limitations as may be
          determined  by the Board of Directors (provided that no change in
          such   limitations    may   adversely   affect   any   claim   to
          indemnification  that  arises   prior   to   such   change),  the
          Corporation  shall  indemnify each of its directors to  the  full
          extent from time to time  permitted  by law, and may so indemnify
          each of its officers, against any expenses  or  costs,  including
          attorney's  fees,  actually  or  reasonably  incurred  by  him in
          connection  with  any  threatened,  pending  or  completed  claim
          action,    suit   or   proceeding,   whether   criminal,   civil,
          administrative  or  investigative  against  such  person or as to
          which  he is involved solely as a witness or person  required  to
          give evidence

               C.      Authorization  of  Further  Actions.    The Board of
          Directors  may (1) cause the Corporation to enter into  contracts
          with its directors  and  officers providing for the limitation of
          liability  set  forth  in this  Article  to  the  fullest  extent
          permitted by law, (2) adopt  By-laws or resolutions, or cause the
          Corporation    to   enter   into   contracts,    providing    for
          indemnification  of directors and officers of the Corporation and
          other  persons  (including  but  not  limited  to  directors  and
          officers of the Corporation's  direct  and indirect subsidiaries)
          to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  law and  (3)  cause  the
          Corporation to exercise the powers set forth  in  La.R.S. 12:83F,
          notwithstanding that some or all of the members of  the  Board of
          Directors acting with respect to the foregoing may be parties  to
          such contracts or beneficiaries of such By-laws or resolutions or
          the  exercise of such powers.  No repeal or amendment of any such
          By-laws  or  resolutions  limiting  the  right to indemnification
          thereunder  shall  affect  the  entitlement  of   any  person  to
          indemnification   whose   claim   thereto  results  from  conduct
          occurring prior to the date of such repeal or amendment.

               D.   Subsidiaries.  The Board  of  Directors  may  cause the
          Corporation  to  approve for its direct and indirect subsidiaries
          limitation of liability and indemnification provisions comparable
          to the foregoing.

               E.   Amendment.   In addition to any other votes required by
          law or these Articles of  Incorporation  (and notwithstanding the
          fact that a lesser percentage may be specified  by  law  or these
          Articles  of  Incorporation), the affirmative vote of the holders
          of at least 80%  of  the  Total Voting Power shall be required to
          repeal this Article or to amend  this Article so as to reduce the
          limitation  of  liability  set forth  herein  or  the  rights  to
          indemnification or the powers  of the Board of Directors provided
          in this Article, and any amendment  or  repeal  of  this  Article
          shall  not adversely affect any indemnification or limitation  of
          liability  of a director or officer of the Corporation under this
          Article with respect to any action or inaction occurring prior to
          the time of such amendment or repeal.


                                     ARTICLE IX
                                      Reversion

               Cash,  property  or  share  dividends,  shares  issuable  to
          shareholders  in connection with a reclassification of stock, and
          the redemption  price of redeemed shares, that are not claimed by
          the shareholders  entitled  thereto  within  one  year  after the
          dividend or redemption price became payable or the shares  became
          issuable,  despite  reasonable  efforts by the Corporation to pay
          the dividend or redemption price  or deliver the certificates for
          the shares to such shareholders within  such  time,  shall at the
          expiration  of  such  time,  revert  in  full  ownership  to  the
          Corporation,   and  the  Corporation's  obligation  to  pay  such
          dividend or redemption  price  or  issue such shares, as the case
          may be, shall thereupon cease, provided,  however, that the Board
          of Directors may, at any time, for any reason satisfactory to it,
          but need not, authorize (1) payment of the  amount of any cash or
          property  dividend  or redemption price or (2)  issuance  of  any
          shares,  ownership of  which  has  reverted  to  the  Corporation
          pursuant to  this  Article,  to the person or entity who or which
          would be entitled thereto had such reversion not occurred.


                                      ARTICLE X
                          Special Meetings of Shareholders

               A.   Special meetings of  shareholders,  for  any purpose or
          purposes,  may be called in any manner set forth in the  By-laws,
          provided that  the power of shareholders as such to call or cause
          to be called special  meetings  shall  be governed exclusively by
          paragraph B of this Article.

               B.   At  any  time,  upon  the  written   request   of   any
          shareholder  or group of shareholders holding in the aggregate at
          least a majority  of the Total Voting Power, the Secretary of the
          Corporation shall call  a  special  meeting of shareholders to be
          held at the registered office of the  Corporation at such time as
          the Secretary may fix not less than 15  nor  more  than  60  days
          after  the  receipt  of  said request, and if the Secretary shall
          neglect or refuse to fix such  time  or  to  give  notice  of the
          meeting,  the shareholder or shareholders making the request  may
          do so.  Such requests must state the specific purpose or purposes
          of the proposed special meeting, and the business to be conducted
          thereat shall be limited to such purpose or purposes.


 

                                       BY-LAWS
                                          OF
                            GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.
                             (Adopted February 13, 1997)


                                      SECTION 1

                                       OFFICES

               1.1  Principal  Office.   The  principal  office  of the
          Corporation  shall  be  located  at  583  Thompson  Road,  Houma,
          Louisiana 70363.

               1.2  Additional  Offices.  The Corporation may have such
          offices at such other places  as  the Board of Directors may from
          time to time determine or the business  of  the  Corporation  may
          require.

                                      SECTION 2

                                 SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

               2.1 Place of Meetings.  Unless otherwise required by law
          or  these By-laws, all meetings of the shareholders shall be held
          at the  principal  office  of  the  Corporation  or at such other
          place,  within  or  without  the  State of Louisiana, as  may  be
          designated by the board of Directors.

               2.2 Annual Meetings; Notice  Thereof.  An annual meeting
          of the shareholders shall be held each  year  on  the date and at
          the  time  as  the  Board of Directors shall designate,  for  the
          purpose of electing directors  and  of  the  transaction  of such
          other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.  If
          no  annual shareholders' meeting is held for a period of eighteen
          months,  any  shareholder may call such meeting to be held at the
          registered office  of  the Corporation as shown on the records of
          the Secretary of State of the State of Louisiana.

               2.3  Special  Meetings.    Special   meetings   of   the
          shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by or at
          the direction of the Board of Directors.  Shareholders may call a
          special meeting of shareholders in accordance with the applicable
          provisions of the Articles of Incorporation.

               2.4 Notice of Meetings.  Except as otherwise provided by
          law  or  the  Articles of Incorporation, the authorized person or
          persons calling  a  shareholders'  meeting  shall  cause  written
          notice of the time, place and purpose of the meeting to be  given
          to all shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, at least 10
          days  and  not  more  than 75 days prior to the day fixed for the
          meeting.  Notice of the annual meeting need not state the purpose
          or purposes thereof, unless  action is to be taken at the meeting
          as to which notice is required  by law or the By-laws.  Notice of
          a special meeting shall state the  purpose  or  purposes thereof,
          and  the  business  conducted  at  any special meeting  shall  be
          limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice.

               2.5  List  of  Shareholders.    At   every   meeting  of
          shareholders,  a list of shareholders entitled to vote,  arranged
          alphabetically and  certified by the Secretary or by the agent of
          the Corporation having charge of transfers of shares, showing the
          number and class of shares  held  by each such shareholder on the
          record date for the meeting and confirming  the  number  of votes
          per share as to which each such shareholder is entitled, shall be
          produced on the request of any shareholder.

               2.6  Quorum.   At  all  meetings  of  shareholders,  the
          holders  of a majority of the total voting power shall constitute
          a quorum;  provided, however, that this subsection shall not have
          the effect of  reducing  the  vote required to approve any matter
          that may be established by law,  the Articles of Incorporation or
          these By-laws.

               2.7  Voting.   When  a  quorum   is   present   at   any
          shareholders'  meeting,  the vote of the holders of a majority of
          the votes actually cast shall decide each question brought before
          such meeting, unless the resolution  of the question requires, by
          express provision of law, the Articles  of Incorporation or these
          By-laws, a different vote or one or more  separate  votes  by the
          holders of a class or series of capital stock, in which case such
          express  provision  shall  apply and control the decision of such
          question.  Directors shall be elected by plurality vote.

               2.8 Proxies.  At any  meeting of the shareholders, every
          shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in
          person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing executed
          by such shareholder and bearing  a  date  not  more  than  eleven
          months prior to the meeting, unless the instrument provides for a
          longer  period, but in no case will an outstanding proxy be valid
          for longer  than three years from the date of its execution.  The
          person appointed  as  proxy  need  not  be  a  shareholder of the
          Corporation.

               2.9 Adjournments.  Adjournments of any annual or special
          meeting  of  shareholders may be taken without new  notice  being
          given unless a  new  record  date  is  fixed  for  the  adjourned
          meeting,  but  any  meeting  at which directors are to be elected
          shall be adjourned only from day  to  day  until  such  directors
          shall have been elected.

               2.10  Withdrawal.  If a quorum is present or represented
          at  a duly organized  shareholders'  meeting,  such  meeting  may
          continue  to  do  business until adjournment, notwithstanding the
          withdrawal of enough  shareholders to leave less than a quorum as
          fixed in Section 2.6 of  these  By-laws,  or  the  refusal of any
          shareholders to vote.

               2.11  Lack of Quorum.  If a meeting cannot be  organized
          because a quorum  has not attended, those present may adjourn the
          meeting to such time  and  place  as they may determine, subject,
          however, to the provisions of Section 2.9 hereof.  In the case of
          any  meeting  called for the election  of  directors,  those  who
          attend the second  of such adjourned meetings, although less than
          a quorum as fixed in  Section  2.6  hereof, shall nevertheless be
          deemed  to  constitute  a  quorum  for the  purpose  of  electing
          directors.

               2.12 Presiding Officer.  The  Chairman of the Board or a
          person  designated  by the Chairman of the  Board,  or  in  their
          absence a person designated  by  the  Board  of  Directors, shall
          preside at all shareholders' meetings.

               2.13 Definition of Shareholder.  As used  in  these  By-
          laws,  and  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  the  term
          shareholder  shall  mean a person who is (i) the record holder of
          shares of the Corporation's  common  stock  or  any other capital
          stock  of  the  Corporation  granted  voting  rights, or  (ii)  a
          registered holder of any bonds, debentures or similar obligations
          granted  voting  rights  by the Corporation pursuant  to  La.R.S.
          12:75H.

                                      SECTION 3

                                      DIRECTORS

               3.1 Number.  All of the corporate powers shall be vested
          in, and the business and affairs  of  the  Corporation  shall  be
          managed  by,  a Board of Directors.  Except as otherwise fixed by
          or pursuant to  Article  III(B)  of the Articles of Incorporation
          (as it may be duly amended from time  to  time)  relating  to the
          rights  of  the holders of any class or series of stock having  a
          preference  over  the  Common  Stock  as  to  dividends  or  upon
          liquidation to  elect  additional  directors  by  class vote, the
          Board  of  Directors  shall  consist  of  seven  natural persons;
          provided that, if after the last action of the Board of Directors
          with respect to nomination of directors prior to the  mailing  to
          shareholder of proxy materials for any meeting of shareholders at
          which  directors  are  to be elected, any person or persons named
          therein  to  be nominated  at  the  direction  of  the  Board  of
          Directors becomes  unable  or  unwilling  to serve, the foregoing
          number of authorized directors shall be automatically  reduced by
          a number equal to the number of such persons unless the  Board of
          Directors selects a replacement nominee or nominees.  No director
          need  be  a  shareholder.  The Secretary shall have the power  to
          certify at any  time as to the number of directors authorized and
          as to the class to  which  each  director  has  been  elected  or
          assigned.

               3.2  Powers.   The Board may exercise all such powers of
          the Corporation and do all  such lawful acts and things which are
          not  by  law,  the  Articles of Incorporation  or  these  By-laws
          directed or required to be done by the shareholders.

               3.3 Classes.   The  Board of Directors, other than those
          directors who may be elected by  the  holders  of  any  class  or
          series  of  stock  having  preference over the Common Stock as to
          dividends  or upon liquidation  (whose  term  of  office  may  be
          determined by  the  Board  of Directors pursuant to Section 3.3),
          shall be divided, with respect  to  the  time  during  which they
          shall  hold office, into three classes as nearly equal in  number
          as possible, with the initial term of office of Class I directors
          expiring  at  the  annual  meeting  of shareholders to be held in
          1998,  of  Class II Directors expiring  at  the  next  succeeding
          annual  meeting  of  shareholders  and  of  Class  III  directors
          expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of shareholders,
          with all such directors to hold office until their successors are
          elected and  qualified.   At each annual meeting of shareholders,
          directors chosen to succeed  those  whose terms then expire shall
          be  elected  to hold office for a term  expiring  at  the  annual
          meeting of shareholder  held in the third year following the year
          of their election and until their successors are duly elected and
          qualified.  If the Board  of Directors shall appoint any director
          to  fill  a  vacancy  on the Board,  whether  resulting  from  an
          increase in the number  of  directors or otherwise, such Director
          shall be assigned to a class  by  the  Board of Directors so that
          all classes of directors shall be as nearly  equal  in  number as
          possible.  In the event of a decrease in the number of directors,
          the  Board  of Directors may reassign the remaining directors  to
          classes so that all classes of directors shall be as nearly equal
          in number as possible.

               3.4   General  Election.   At  each  annual  meeting  of
          shareholders,  directors   shall  be  elected  to  succeed  those
          directors whose terms then expire.   No decrease in the number of
          directors constituting the Board of Directors  shall  shorten the
          term of any incumbent director.

               3.5  Vacancies.   Except  as  otherwise provided in  the
          Articles  of  Incorporation or these By-laws,  the  office  of  a
          director shall  become  vacant  if  he  dies,  resigns or is duly
          removed from office.

               3.6 Filling Vacancies.  Except as otherwise  provided in
          the  Articles  of  Incorporation or Section 3.8 of these By-laws,
          any vacancy on the board (including any vacancy resulting from an
          increase in the authorized number of directors or from failure of
          the  shareholders  to   elect   the  full  number  of  authorized
          directors) may, notwithstanding any resulting absence of a quorum
          of  directors,  be filled by a majority  vote  of  the  Board  of
          Directors remaining  in  office,  provided  that  the shareholder
          shall  have  the  right, at any special meeting called  for  such
          purpose prior to such  action  by the Board, to fill the vacancy.
          A director elected pursuant to this section shall serve until the
          next shareholders' meeting held  for the election of directors of
          the class to which he shall have been  appointed  and  until  his
          successor is elected and qualified.

               3.7 Notice of Shareholder Nominees.  Except as otherwise
          provided  in  Section  3.8 of these By-laws, only persons who are
          nominated in accordance  with the procedures set forth in Article
          IV(E)  of the Articles of Incorporation  shall  be  eligible  for
          election as directors.

               3.8   Directors   Elected   by  Preferred  Shareholders.
          Notwithstanding  anything  in  these  By-laws  to  the  contrary,
          whenever  the holders of any one or more  classes  or  series  of
          stock having  a  preference over the Common Stock as to dividends
          or upon liquidation  shall have the right, voting separately as a
          class, to elect one or  more  directors  of  the Corporation, the
          provisions of the Articles of Incorporation (as  they may be duly
          amended  from time to time) fixing the rights and preferences  of
          such preferred stock shall govern with respect to the nomination,
          election,  term, removal, vacancies or other related matters with
          respect to such directors.

               3.9  Compensation of Directors.  Directors shall receive
          such compensation  for  their  services,  in  their  capacity  as
          directors,  as  may  be  fixed  by  resolution  of  the  Board of
          Directors; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall
          be   construed   to   preclude  any  director  from  serving  the
          Corporation  in any other  capacity  and  receiving  compensation
          therefor.

                                      SECTION 4

                                MEETINGS OF THE BOARD

               4.1 Place  of  Meetings.   The  meetings of the Board of
          Directors may be held at such place within  or  without the State
          of Louisiana as a majority of the directors may from time to time
          appoint.

               4.2 Initial Meetings.  Except as otherwise determined by
          the  Board of Directors, the first meeting of each  newly-elected
          Board  shall  be  held  immediately  following  the shareholders'
          meeting at which the Board, or any class thereof,  is elected and
          at  the same place as such meeting, and no notice of  such  first
          meeting  shall  be  necessary  for the newly-elected directors in
          order legally to constitute the meeting.

               4.3 Regular Meetings; Notice.   Regular  meetings of the
          Board  may  be held at such times as the Board may form  time  to
          time determine.   Notice  of  regular  meetings  of  the Board of
          Directors shall be given, but no special form of notice  or  time
          of notice shall be necessary.

               4.4  Special  Meetings; Notice.  Special meetings of the
          Board may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the
          Board  or  the  President on  reasonable  notice  given  to  each
          director,  either   personally  or  by  telephone,  mail,  telex,
          telecopy or any other comparable form of facsimile communication.
          Special meetings shall  be called by the Secretary in like manner
          and on like notice on the  written  request  of a majority of the
          directors  and  if such officer fails or refuses,  or  is  unable
          within 24 hours to  call  a  meeting  when  requested,  then  the
          directors  making  the  request may call the meeting on two days'
          written notice given to each  director.   The notice of a special
          meeting of directors need not state it purpose  or  purposes, but
          if the notice states a purpose or purposes and does not  state  a
          further  purpose  to consider such other business as may properly
          come before the meeting,  the  business  to  be  conducted at the
          special  meeting  shall  be  limited  to the purpose or  purposes
          stated in the notice.

               4.5 Waiver of Notice.  Directors  present at any regular
          or special meeting shall be deemed to have received,  or  to have
          waived,   due  notice  thereof,  provided  that  a  director  who
          participates  in  a meeting by telephone (as permitted by Section
          4.9 hereof) shall not  be  deemed  to have received or waived due
          notice if, at the beginning of the meeting,  he  objects  to  the
          transaction  of  any business because the meeting is not lawfully
          called.

               4.6 Quorum.   A majority of the Board shall be necessary
          to  constitute a quorum for  the  transaction  of  business,  and
          except   as   otherwise   provided   by   law,  the  Articles  of
          Incorporation or these By-laws, the acts of  a  majority  of  the
          directors  present  at a duly-called meeting at which a quorum is
          present shall be the  acts  of  the  board.   If  a quorum is not
          present  at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the  directors
          present may  adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice
          other  than announcement  at  the  meeting,  until  a  quorum  is
          present.

               4.7  Withdrawal.   If  a  quorum  was  present  when the
          meeting  convened,  the  directors  present  may  continue  to do
          business,  taking  action  by  vote  of a majority of a quorum as
          fixed  in Section 4.6 hereof, until adjournment,  notwithstanding
          the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum as
          fixed in  Section  4.6  hereof  or  the  refusal  of any director
          present to vote.

               4.8  Action by Consent.  Any action that may  be taken at
          a meeting of the Board, or any committee thereof, may be taken by
          a  consent  in writing signed by all of the directors or  by  all
          members of the  committee, as the case may be, and filed with the
          records of proceedings of the Board or committee.

               4.9  Meetings  by  Telephone  or  Similar  Communication.
          Members  of  the Board may participate at and be present  at  any
          meeting of the  Board  or  any  committee  thereof  by  means  of
          conference  telephone  or similar communications equipment if all
          persons participating in  such  meeting  can hear and communicate
          with each other.

                                      SECTION 5

                               COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

               5.1  General.   The  Board  may designate  one  or  more
          committees, each committee to consist  of  two  or  more  of  the
          directors  of  the  Corporation (and one or more directors may be
          named as alternate members  to replace any absent or disqualified
          regular members), which, to the  extent provided by resolution of
          the  Board or these By-laws, shall  have  and  may  exercise  the
          powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs
          of the  Corporation,  and may have power to authorize the seal of
          the Corporation to be affixed to documents, but no such committee
          shall  have  power  or  authority   to   amend  the  Articles  of
          Incorporation,  adopt  an agreement of merger,  consolidation  or
          share exchange, adopt or  recommend to the shareholders the sale,
          lease  or  exchange  of  all  or   substantially   all   of   the
          Corporation's assets, recommend to the shareholders a dissolution
          of  the  Corporation  or  a  revocation  of  dissolution,  remove
          directors,  or  amend  these  By-laws;  and unless the resolution
          expressly so provides, no such committee  shall have the power or
          authority  to  declare a dividend or authorize  the  issuance  of
          stock.  Such committee  or  committees  shall  have  such name or
          names as may be stated in these By-laws, or as may be determined,
          from  time to time, by the Board.  Any vacancy occurring  in  any
          such committee  shall  be  filled by the Board, but the President
          may designate another director  to serve on the committee pending
          action by the Board.  Each such member  of a committee shall hold
          office during the term designated by the Board.

               5.2  Compensation Committee.  The  Board  shall establish
          and maintain a Compensation Committee consisting of  two  or more
          directors,  each  of  whom  (i)  shall be qualified to the extent
          appropriate as a "non-employee director"  under Rule 16b-3 of the
          Securities Exchange Commission and as an "outside director" under
          Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code  and  (ii) shall meet
          any   further  qualifications  designated  by  the  Board.    The
          Compensation  Committee shall review and analyze the compensation
          of  the Corporation's  executive  officers;  review  and  provide
          general  guidance  as  to compensation of the Corporation's other
          managers; evaluate the performance of the Corporation's executive
          officers;  administer  the   Corporation's   Long-Term  Incentive
          Compensation Plan, including grants thereunder;  and perform such
          other services as may be designated by the Board.

               5.3  Audit Committee.  The Board shall establish an Audit
          Committee  consisting  of at least two directors, a  majority  of
          whom are not officers or  employees  of the Corporation or any of
          its  affiliates.   The  Audit  Committee  shall   (i)  facilitate
          communication  among  the  Corporation's  directors,  management,
          independent accountants and internal auditing personnel regarding
          matters relating to financial accounting, reporting and controls,
          (ii)  assist  the  Board of Directors in fulfilling its fiduciary
          responsibilities  as   to   accounting   policies  and  reporting
          practices  of  the  Corporation  and  all  subsidiaries  and  the
          sufficiency of auditing practices with respect  thereto by, among
          other  things,  reviewing the scope of audit coverage,  including
          consideration  of  the  Corporation's  accounting  practices  and
          procedures  and  system   of  internal  accounting  controls  and
          reporting to the Board with respect thereto, (iii) operate as the
          Board's  principal agent in  ensuring  the  independence  of  the
          Corporation's   independent   accountants,   the   integrity   of
          management  and  the  adequacy of disclosure to shareholders, and
          (iv) perform such other  services  as  may  be  designated by the
          Board.

                                      SECTION 6

                               REMOVAL OF BOARD MEMBERS

               Directors may be removed in accordance with  the  applicable
          provisions of the Articles of Incorporation.

                                      SECTION 7

                                       NOTICES

               7.1  Form of Delivery.  Whenever under the provisions  of
          law,  the  Articles  of  Incorporation or these By-laws notice is
          required to be given to any shareholder or director, it shall not
          be   construed   to  mean  personal   notice   unless   otherwise
          specifically provided  in  the Articles of Incorporation or these
          By-laws, but such notice may  be given by mail, addressed to such
          shareholder or director at his  address  as  it  appears  on  the
          records  of  the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, or in
          such other manner  as may be specified in these By-laws.  Notices
          given by mail shall be deemed to have been given at the time they
          are deposited in the  United  States  mail, and all other notices
          shall be deemed to have been give upon receipt.

               7.2  Waiver.  Whenever any notice is required to be given
          by law, the Articles of Incorporation or  these By-laws, a waiver
          thereof in writing signed by the person or  persons  entitled  to
          such  notice,  whether  before  or after the time stated therein,
          shall be deemed equivalent thereto.
          In addition, notice shall be deemed  to  have  been  given to, or
          waived  by, any shareholder or director who attends a meeting  of
          shareholders  or  directors  in person, or is represented at such
          meeting by proxy, without protesting  at  the commencement of the
          meeting the transaction of any business because  the  meeting  is
          not lawfully called or convened.

                                      SECTION 8

                                       OFFICERS

               8.1  Designations.  The officers of the Corporation shall
          be elected by the directors and shall be the President, Secretary
          and  Treasurer.   The  Board  of  Directors  may  appoint a Chief
          Executive Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief  Accounting
          Officer,  one or more Vice Presidents and such other officers  as
          it shall deem  necessary.   Officers shall hold their offices for
          such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties
          as shall be determined from time  to  time  by the Board.  To the
          extent permitted by law, more than one office  may  be  held by a
          single person.
                    
               8.2  Term  of  Office.   The officers of the Corporation
          shall  hold office at the pleasure of  the  Board  of  Directors.
          Except as  otherwise  provided  in the resolution of the Board of
          Directors electing any officer, each  officer  shall  hold office
          until  the  first  meeting  of  the Board of Directors after  the
          annual  meeting  of  shareholders  next  succeeding  his  or  her
          election, and until his or her successor is elected and qualified
          or until his or her earlier resignation  or removal.  Any officer
          may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board, Chairman
          of  the Board, President or Secretary of the  Corporation.   Such
          resignation  shall  take effect at the time specified therein and
          acceptance of such resignation  shall not be necessary to make it
          effective.  The Board may remove  any  officer  with  or  without
          cause  at  any time.  Any such removal shall be without prejudice
          to the contractual  rights  of  such  officers,  if any, with the
          Corporation, but the election of an officer shall  not  in and of
          itself create contractual rights.  Any vacancy occurring  in  any
          office  of  the  Corporation  by  death,  resignation, removal or
          otherwise may be filled for the unexpired position of the term by
          the Board at any regular or special meeting.

               8.3  The Chairman of the Board.  The  Board may appoint a
          Chairman of the Board who shall preside at meetings  of the Board
          of  Directors and the shareholders and perform such other  duties
          as may  be designated by the Board of Directors or these By-laws.
          The Chairman  of  the  Board  shall not, solely by virtue of such
          position, be an officer of the  Corporation but may be designated
          an officer by the Board of Directors.

               8.4  The  President.   The   President   shall,   unless
          otherwise   provided  by  the  Board,  have  general  and  active
          responsibility   for  the  management  of  the  business  of  the
          Corporation, shall  be  the  chief  executive and chief operating
          officer of the Corporation, shall supervise  the daily operations
          of  the  business  of the Corporation and shall ensure  that  all
          orders, policies and resolutions of the Board are carried out.

               8.5  The Vice  Presidents.   The Vice Presidents (if any)
          shall  have  such designations and perform  such  duties  as  the
          President or the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

               8.6  The  Secretary.   The  Secretary  shall  attend  all
          meetings  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  all meetings of the
          shareholders  and  record  all  votes  and  the  minutes  of  all
          proceedings  in  a  book to be kept for that purpose.   He  shall
          give,  or cause to be  given,  notice  of  all  meetings  of  the
          shareholders  and  regular and special meetings of the Board, and
          shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board
          or President.  He shall  keep  in  safe  custody  the seal of the
          Corporation,  if  any,  and  affix  such  seal  to any instrument
          requiring it.

               8.7  The  Assistant Secretary.  The Assistant  Secretary
          shall have the same  powers and duties as the Secretary and shall
          perform such other duties  as  may  be prescribed by the Board or
          President.

               8.8  The Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the custody
          of the corporate funds and shall keep  or  cause  to be kept full
          and  accurate  accounts  of receipts and disbursements  in  books
          belonging to the Corporation  and  shall  deposit  all monies and
          other  valuable  effects  in  the name and to the credit  of  the
          Corporation in such depositories  as  may  be  designated  by the
          Board  of  Directors.   He  shall keep a proper accounting of all
          receipts and disbursements and  shall  disburse  the funds of the
          Corporation  only  for  proper corporate purposes or  as  may  be
          ordered by the Board and  shall  render  to the President and the
          Board at the regular meetings of the Board,  or whenever they may
          require it, an account of all his transactions  as  Treasurer and
          of  the  financial  condition  and results of operations  of  the
          Corporation.

                                      SECTION 9

                                        STOCK

               9.1  Certificates.   Every   holder   of  stock  in  the
          Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by the
          President or a Vice President and the Secretary  or  an Assistant
          Secretary evidencing the number and class (and series, if any) of
          shares  owned by him, containing such information as required  by
          law and bearing  the seal of the Corporation.  As provided in the
          Articles of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may approve the
          use of dual forms of stock certificates, one for issuance to U.S.
          citizen stockholders,  and  one  for issuance to non-U.S. citizen
          stockholders.  If any stock certificate  is  manually signed by a
          transfer agent or registrar other than the Corporation  itself or
          an employee of the Corporation, the signature of any such officer
          may  be  a  facsimile.   In  case any officer, transfer agent  or
          registrar who has signed or whose  facsimile  signature  has been
          placed  upon  a  certificate  shall have ceased to be an officer,
          transfer  agent  or  registrar of  the  Corporation  before  such
          certificate is issued,  it  may be issued by the Corporation with
          the same effect as if such person  or  entity  were  an  officer,
          transfer  agent  or  registrar of the Corporation on the date  of
          issue.

               9.2  Missing Certificates.   The  President  or  any Vice
          President  may  direct  a  new certificate or certificates to  be
          issued in place of any certificate  or  certificates  theretofore
          issued  by  the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen  or
          destroyed, upon the Corporation's receipt of an affidavit of that
          fact from the  person  claiming  the  certificate  of stock to be
          lost,  stolen  or  destroyed.   As a condition precedent  to  the
          issuance of a new certificate or  certificates,  the  officers of
          the  Corporation  shall,  unless dispensed with by the President,
          require the owner of such lost,  stolen  or destroyed certificate
          or certificates, or his legal representative,  to  (i)  give  the
          Corporation  a  bond  or  (ii)  enter  into  a  written indemnity
          agreement, in each case in an amount appropriate to indemnify the
          Corporation  against  any  claim  that  may  be made against  the
          Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged  to have been
          lost, stolen or destroyed.

               9.3  Transfers.   The shares of stock of the Corporation
          shall be transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the
          holders thereof in person or  by  their duly authorized attorneys
          or  legal  representatives  upon surrender  and  cancellation  of
          certificates for a like number  of shares.  Upon surrender to the
          Corporation  or  the  transfer agent  of  the  Corporation  of  a
          certificate for shares  duly  endorsed  or  accompanied by proper
          evidence of succession, assignment or authority  to  transfer, it
          shall  be  the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate
          to the person  entitled  thereto,  cancel the old certificate and
          record  the  transaction  upon  its books,  provided  that  as  a
          condition precedent to the transfer  of  shares on the records of
          the Corporation, the Corporation may require  representations  or
          other  proof  of  the identity and citizenship of any prospective
          stockholder and may  restrict  transfers  to non-U.S. citizens as
          provided in the Articles of Incorporation.

                                      SECTION 10

                            DETERMINATION OF SHAREHOLDERS

               For  the  purpose  of determining shareholders  entitled  to
          notice of and to vote at  a meeting, or to receive a dividend, or
          to  receive  or exercise subscription  or  other  rights,  or  to
          participate in a reclassification of stock, or in order to make a
          determination  of  shareholders for any other proper purpose, the
          Board  of  Directors  may  fix  in  advance  a  record  date  for
          determination of shareholders  for  such purpose, such date to be
          not  more  than  60  days  and,  if  fixed  for  the  purpose  of
          determining shareholders entitled to notice of  and  to vote at a
          meeting,  not  less than 10 days, prior to the date on which  the
          action requiring  the  determination  of  shareholders  is  to be
          taken.

                                      SECTION 11

                                   INDEMNIFICATION

               11.1 Definitions.  As used in this section the following
          terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

                    (1)  "Board"   -   the   Board   of  Directors  of  the
          Corporation.

                    (2)  "Claim"  -  any threatened, pending  or  completed
          claim,  action,  suit, or proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,
          administrative or  investigative  and  whether made judicially or
          extra-judicially, or any separate issue or matter therein, as the
          context requires.

                    (3)  "Determining  Body" - (i)  those  members  of  the
          Board  who  are  not named as parties  to  the  Claim  for  which
          indemnification is being sought ("Impartial Directors"), if there
          are at least three  Impartial  Directors,  (ii) a committee of at
          least   three   Impartial  Directors  appointed  by   the   Board
          (regardless whether  the members of the Board of Directors voting
          on such appointment are  Impartial  Directors)  or (iii) if there
          are  fewer  than  three  Impartial Directors or if the  Board  of
          Directors or the committee  appointed  pursuant to clause (ii) of
          this paragraph so directs (regardless whether the members thereof
          are Impartial Directors), independent legal counsel, which may be
          the regular outside counsel of the Corporation.

                    (4)  "Disbursing  Officer"  -  the   President  of  the
          Corporation  or,  if  the President is a party to the  Claim  for
          which indemnification is being sought, any officer not a party to
          such  Claim   who  is designated  by  the  President  to  be  the
          Disbursing  Officer  with  respect  to  indemnification  requests
          related to the Claim,  which  designation  shall be made promptly
          after  receipt  of  the initial request for indemnification  with
          respect to such Claim.

                    (5)  "Expenses"  -  any  expenses  or costs, including,
          without  limitation,  attorney's  fees,  judgments,  punitive  or
          exemplary damages, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

                    (6)  "Indemnitee"  -  each  person  who  is  or  was  a
          director or officer of the Corporation.

               11.2  Indemnity.

                    (1)  To  the extent such Expenses  exceed  the  amounts
          reimbursed or paid pursuant  to  policies  of liability insurance
          maintained  by the Corporation, the Corporation  shall  indemnify
          each Indemnitee  against  any  Expenses  actually  and reasonably
          incurred  by  him (as they are incurred) in connection  with  any
          Claim either against  him or as to which he is involved solely as
          a witness or person required  to  give evidence, by reason of his
          position (i) as a director or officer of the Corporation, (ii) as
          a director or officer of any subsidiary of the Corporation, (iii)
          as a fiduciary with respect to any  employee  benefit plan of the
          Corporation, or (iv) as a director, officer, partner, employee or
          agent of another corporation, partnership, joint  venture,  trust
          or  other  for-profit  or not-for-profit entity or enterprise, if
          such position is or was  held  at the request of the Corporation,
          whether relating to service in such  position before or after the
          effective date of this Section, if he  (i)  is  successful in his
          defense of the claim on the merits or otherwise or  (ii) has been
          found by the Determining Body (acting in good faith)  to have met
          the  Standard of Conduct (defined below); provided that  (A)  the
          amount otherwise payable by the Corporation may be reduced by the
          Determining  Body  to  such  amount  as  it  deems  proper  if it
          determines  that  the  Claim  involved  the receipt of a personal
          benefit by Indemnitee, and (B) no indemnification  shall  be made
          in  respect  of  any Claim as to which Indemnitee shall have been
          adjudged by a court  of  competent jurisdiction, after exhaustion
          of all appeals therefrom, to be liable for willful or intentional
          misconduct in the performance  of  his duty to the Corporation or
          to have obtained an improper personal  benefit,  unless, and only
          to  the  extent  that,  a  court shall determine upon application
          that, despite the adjudication  of  liability  but in view of all
          the   circumstances  of  the  case,  Indemnitee  is  fairly   and
          reasonably  entitled  to indemnity for such Expenses as the court
          deems proper.

                    (2)  For purposes  of  this Section 11, the Standard of
          Conduct is met when the conduct by  an Indemnitee with respect to
          which a Claim is asserted was conduct  that was in good faith and
          that he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
          interest  of  the Corporation, and, in the  case  of  a  criminal
          action or proceeding,  that he had no reasonable cause to believe
          was unlawful.  The termination  of  any Claim by judgment, order,
          settlement, conviction, or upon a plea  of nolo contendere or its
          equivalent,  shall  not,  of itself, create  a  presumption  that
          Indemnitee did not meet the Standard of Conduct.

                    (3)  Promptly upon  becoming  aware of the existence of
          any Claim as to which he may be indemnified hereunder, Indemnitee
          shall notify the President of the Corporation  of  the  Claim and
          whether  he  intends to seek indemnification hereunder.  If  such
          notice indicates  that  Indemnitee  does so intend, the President
          shall promptly advise the Board thereof and notify the Board that
          the establishment of the Determining  Body  with  respect  to the
          Claim  will be a matter presented at the next regularly scheduled
          meeting  of  the  Board.   Such a meeting is to be held within 90
          calendar days of the date of  Indemnitee's request.  If a meeting
          of the Board of Directors is not  regularly  scheduled within 120
          calendar  days  of  such  request,  the President shall  cause  a
          special meeting of the Board of Directors  to  be  called  within
          such   period  in  accordance  with  these  By-laws.   After  the
          Determining  Body has been established the President shall inform
          the Indemnitee  thereof  and Indemnitee shall immediately provide
          the Determining Body with  all  facts relevant to the Claim known
          to him.  No later than the 45th day  (the  "Determination  Date")
          after  its  receipt  of  such  information,  together  with  such
          additional  information  as  the  Determining Body may request of
          Indemnitee,  the  Determining  Body shall  determine,  and  shall
          advise Indemnitee of its determination,  whether  Indemnitee  has
          met the Standard of Conduct.

                    (4)  During   such   45-day  period,  Indemnitee  shall
          promptly inform the Determining  Body  upon his becoming aware of
          any  relevant  facts  not  theretofore provided  by  him  to  the
          Determining Body, unless the  Determining  Body has obtained such
          facts  by  other  means.   The  providing of such  facts  to  the
          Determining Body shall not begin a new 45-day period.

                    (5)  The Determining Body  shall  have  no authority to
          revoke  a  determination  that  Indemnitee  met  the Standard  of
          Conduct  unless Indemnitee (i) submits fraudulent information  to
          the Determining  Body at any time during the 45 days prior to the
          Determination Date or (ii) fails to comply with the provisions of
          subsections  (c) or  (d)  hereof,  including  without  limitation
          Indemnitee's  obligation   to  submit  information  or  documents
          relevant to the Claim reasonably  requested  by  the  Determining
          Body prior to the Determination Date.

                    (6)  In the case of any Claim not involving a proposed,
          threatened or pending criminal proceeding,

                         (1)  if Indemnitee has, in the good faith judgment
          of  the  Determining  Body,  met  the  Standard  of  Conduct, the
          Corporation   may,   in  its  sole  discretion  after  notice  to
          Indemnitee, assume all  responsibility  for  the  defense  of the
          Claim, and, in any event, the Corporation and the Indemnitee each
          shall  keep the other informed as to the progress of the defense,
          including  prompt  disclosure  of  any  proposals for settlement;
          provided  that if the Corporation is a party  to  the  Claim  and
          Indemnitee reasonably determines that there is a conflict between
          the positions  of  the Corporation and Indemnitee with respect to
          the Claim, then Indemnitee  shall  be  entitled  to  conduct  his
          defense,  with  counsel  of his choice; and provided further that
          Indemnitee shall in any event  be  entitled  at  his  expense  to
          employ counsel chosen by him to participate in the defense of the
          Claim; and

                         (2)  the  Corporation  shall  fairly  consider any
          proposals  by  Indemnitee  for settlement of the Claim.   If  the
          Corporation (A) proposes a settlement  acceptable  to  the person
          asserting the Claim, or (B) believes a settlement proposed by the
          person  asserting  the Claim should be accepted, it shall  inform
          Indemnitee of the terms  thereof  and shall fix a reasonable date
          by which Indemnitee shall respond.   If Indemnitee agrees to such
          terms, he shall execute such documents  as  shall be necessary to
          effect the settlement.  If he does not agree  he may proceed with
          the defense of the Claim in any manner he chooses,  but  if he is
          not  successful  on  the  merits  or otherwise, the Corporation's
          obligation to indemnify him for any  Expenses  incurred following
          his disagreement shall be limited to the lesser  of (A) the total
          Expenses incurred by him following his decision not  to  agree to
          such proposed settlement or (B) the amount the Corporation  would
          have paid pursuant to the terms of the proposed settlement.   If,
          however, the proposed settlement would impose upon Indemnitee any
          requirement  to  act or refrain from acting that would materially
          interfere with the  conduct of his affairs, Indemnitee may refuse
          such settlement and proceed  with the defense of the Claim, if he
          so desires, at the Corporation's  expense  without  regard to the
          limitations  imposed  by  the  preceding sentence.  In no  event,
          however,  shall  the  Corporation  be   obligated   to  indemnify
          Indemnitee   for  any  amount  paid  in  a  settlement  that  the
          Corporation has not approved.

                    (7)  In  the  case  of  a  Claim  involving a proposed,
          threatened  or pending criminal proceeding, Indemnitee  shall  be
          entitled to conduct  the  defense  of  the claim, and to make all
          decisions  with  respect  thereto, with counsel  of  his  choice;
          provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to
          indemnify Indemnitee for an  amount  paid  in settlement that the
          Corporation has not approved.

                    (8)  After notifying the Corporation  of  the existence
          of  a  Claim,  Indemnitee  may  from  time  to  time request  the
          Corporation  to  pay  the Expenses (other than judgments,  fines,
          penalties  or amounts paid  in  settlement)  that  he  incurs  in
          pursuing a defense  of  the  Claim  prior  to  the  time that the
          Determining  Body determines whether the Standard of Conduct  has
          been  met.   If   the  Disbursing  Officer  believes  the  amount
          requested to be reasonable, he shall pay to Indemnitee the amount
          requested (regardless  of  Indemnitee's apparent ability to repay
          such amount) upon receipt of  an  undertaking  by or on behalf of
          Indemnitee  to  repay  such  amount  if  it  shall ultimately  be
          determined  that  he  is  not entitled to be indemnified  by  the
          Corporation under the circumstances.   If  the disbursing Officer
          does  not believe such amount to be reasonable,  the  Corporation
          shall  pay  the  amount  deemed  by  him  to  be  reasonable  and
          Indemnitee  may  apply  directly  to the Determining Body for the
          remainder of the amount requested.

                    (9)  After the Determining Body has determined that the
          Standard of Conduct was met, for so  long  as  and  to the extent
          that  the  Corporation is required to indemnify Indemnitee  under
          this Agreement, the provisions of paragraph (h) shall continue to
          apply with respect  to  Expenses  incurred after such time except
          that (i) no undertaking shall be required  of Indemnitee and (ii)
          the Disbursing Officer shall pay to Indemnitee such amount of any
          fines, penalties or judgments against him which have become final
          as the Corporation is obligated to indemnify him.

                    (10) Any determination by the Corporation  with respect
          to settlements of a Claim shall be made by the Determining Body.

                    (11) The   Corporation   and   Indemnitee   shall  keep
          confidential, to the extent permitted by law and their  fiduciary
          obligations,  all  facts  and  determinations  provided  or  made
          pursuant  to or arising out of the operation of this Section, and
          the Corporation  and  Indemnitee shall instruct its or his agents
          and employees to do likewise.

               11.3 Enforcement.

                    (1)  The rights  provided  by  this  Section  shall  be
          enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction.

                    (2)  If Indemnitee seeks a judicial adjudication of his
          rights  under  this  Section,  Indemnitee  shall  be  entitled to
          recover  from  the Corporation, and shall be indemnified  by  the
          Corporation against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably
          incurred by him in connection with such proceeding but only if he
          prevails therein.   If  it shall be determined that Indemnitee is
          entitled to receive part  but  not all of the relief sought, then
          the  Indemnitee  shall  be entitled  to  be  reimbursed  for  all
          Expenses  incurred  by  him  in  connection  with  such  judicial
          adjudication if the amount  to  which  he  is  determined  to  be
          entitled  exceeds 50% of the amount of his claim.  Otherwise, the
          Expenses incurred  by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial
          adjudication shall be appropriately prorated.

                    (3)  In  any  judicial  proceeding  described  in  this
          subsection, the Corporation shall bear the burden of proving that
          Indemnitee is not entitled to any Expenses sought with respect to
          any Claim.

               11.4  Saving Clause.   If  any  provision  of this Section is
          determined  by  a  court having jurisdiction over the  matter  to
          require the Corporation  to do or refrain from doing any act that
          is in violation of applicable  law,  the court shall be empowered
          to  modify  or  reform such provision so  that,  as  modified  or
          reformed, such provision  provides  the  maximum  indemnification
          permitted by law, and such provision, as so modified or reformed,
          and  the balance of this Section, shall be applied in  accordance
          with  their  terms.   Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
          foregoing, if any portion of this Section shall be invalidated on
          any ground,  the  Corporation  shall  nevertheless  indemnify  an
          Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion
          of  this  Section that shall not have been invalidated and to the
          full extent  permitted  by  law with respect to that portion that
          has been invalidated.

               11.5  Non-Exclusivity.

                    (1)  The indemnification  and  advancement  of Expenses
          provided  by  or  granted  pursuant to this Section shall not  be
          deemed exclusive of any other  rights  to  which Indemnitee is or
          may become entitled under any statute, article  of incorporation,
          by-law, authorization of shareholders or directors, agreement, or
          otherwise.

                    (2)  It  is  the  intent  of  the Corporation  by  this
          Section to indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee  to the fullest
          extent  permitted by law, so that if applicable law would  permit
          the Corporation  to  provide  broader indemnification rights than
          are currently permitted, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold
          harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
          law notwithstanding that the other  terms  of  this Section would
          provide for lesser indemnification.

               11.6  Successors and Assigns.  This Section  shall be binding
          upon the Corporation, its successors and assigns, and shall inure
          to    the   benefit   of   the   Indemnitee's   heirs,   personal
          representatives,   and   assigns   and  to  the  benefit  of  the
          Corporation, its successors and assigns.

               11.7  Indemnification of Other Persons.   The Corporation may
          indemnify any person not covered by Sections 11.1 through 11.6 to
          the extent provided in a resolution of the Board  or  a  separate
          section of these By-laws.

                                      SECTION 12

                          ADOPTION AND AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

               By-laws  of  the  Corporation may be adopted and amended  as
          provided in the Articles of Incorporation.


                                      SECTION 13

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               13.1  Dividends.  Except  as  otherwise  provided by law, the
          Articles  of Incorporation or these By-laws, dividends  upon  the
          stock  of the  Corporation  may  be  declared  by  the  Board  of
          Directors  at  any  regular or special meeting.  Dividends may be
          paid in cash, property,  or  shares  of  stock,  subject  to  the
          limitations specified in the Articles of Incorporation.

               13.2  Voting   of   Shares   Owned  by  Corporation.   Unless
          otherwise  directed by the Board, any  shares  of  capital  stock
          issued by a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the Corporation may be
          voted  by  the  President of the Corporation, or  by  any  person
          authorized to do  so  by  the  President,  at  any  shareholders'
          meeting  of  the  subsidiary  (or in connection with any  written
          consent in lieu thereof).

               13.3  Fiscal Year.  The Board  of Directors may adopt for and
          on behalf of the Corporation a fiscal or a calendar year.

               13.4  Seal.  The Board of Directors  may  adopt  a  corporate
          seal,  which  shall  have  inscribed  thereon  the  name  of  the
          Corporation.   The  seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile
          thereof to be impressed  or  affixed  or reproduced or otherwise.
          Failure to affix the seal shall not, however, affect the validity
          of any instrument.

               13.5  Gender.  All pronouns and variations  thereof  used  in
          these  By-laws  shall  be  deemed   to  refer  to  the masculine,
          feminine or neuter gender, singular or plural, as the identity of
          the person, persons, entity or entities referred to may require.

               13.6  Control Share Acquisitions.  The provisions of Sections
          135  through  140.2  of  the  Louisiana Business Corporation  Law
          (La.R.S. 12:135 through 140.2)  do  not  apply  to  control share
          acquisitions of shares of the Corporation.



                                         



                                 INDEMNITY AGREEMENT


               This  Agreement is made as of ________________, 1997, by and
          between Gulf  Island  Fabrication,  Inc., a Louisiana corporation
          (the "Corporation"), and _______________  ("Indemnitee").

               In consideration of Indemnitee's continued service after the
          date hereof, the Corporation and Indemnitee  do  hereby  agree as
          follows:

               1.   Agreement  to Serve.  Indemnitee agrees to serve  as  a
          [director/officer] of  the  Corporation  for  so  long  as  he is
          elected or appointed or until such earlier time as he tenders his
          resignation in writing.

               2.   Definitions.  As used in this Agreement:

                    (a)  The  term  "Expenses"  shall  mean any expenses or
          costs (including, without limitation, attorney's fees, judgments,
          punitive  or  exemplary  damages,  fines  and  amounts   paid  in
          settlement).   If any of the foregoing amounts paid on behalf  of
          Indemnitee are not  deductible by Indemnitee for federal or state
          income tax purposes,  the  Corporation  will reimburse Indemnitee
          for tax liability with respect thereto by paying to Indemnitee an
          amount  which, after taking into account taxes  on  such  amount,
          equals Indemnitee's incremental tax liability.

                    (b)  The   term  "Claim"  shall  mean  any  threatened,
          pending or completed claim,  action, suit, or proceeding, whether
          civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether made
          judicially or extra-judicially,  or  any separate issue or matter
          therein, as the context requires.

                    (c)  The term "Determining Body"  shall  mean (i) those
          members of the Board of Directors who are not named as parties to
          the  Claim for which indemnification is being sought  ("Impartial
          Directors"),  if there are at least three Impartial Directors, or
          (ii) a committee  of  at  least  three directors appointed by the
          Board of Directors (regardless whether  the  members of the Board
          of Directors voting on such appointment are Impartial  Directors)
          and  composed of Impartial Directors or (iii) if there are  fewer
          than three  Impartial Directors or if the Board of Directors or a
          committee appointed  thereby  so  directs (regardless whether the
          members  thereof  are  Impartial  Directors),  independent  legal
          counsel, which may be the regular outside counsel of the Corpora-
          tion.

               3.   Limitation of Liability.

                    To the fullest extent permitted  by Article VIII of the
          Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation  in  effect  on  the
          date  hereof  and,  if  and  to  the  extent such Article VIII is
          amended to permit further limitations,  in  effect  at  any  time
          prior  to the determination of liability that would exist but for
          the provisions  of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be liable
          for breach of his fiduciary duty as a director or officer.

               4.   Maintenance of Insurance and Self-Insurance.

                    (a)  The Corporation represents that it presently main-
          tains in force and  effect  the  following directors and officers
          liability insurance ("D&O Insurance")  policies  (the  "Insurance
          Policies"):

                   Insurer          Policy No.          Coverage
                   -------          ----------          --------



          Subject only to the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof, the Corpo-
          ration  hereby  agrees that, so long as Indemnitee shall continue
          to serve as a [director  or  officer]  (or  shall continue at the
          request of the Corporation to serve in any capacity  referred  to
          in  Section  5(a)  hereof)  and  thereafter so long as Indemnitee
          shall be subject to any possible Claim, the Corporation shall use
          its  best  efforts to purchase and maintain  in  effect  for  the
          benefit of Indemnitee one or more valid and enforceable policy or
          policies of D&O Insurance providing, in all respects, coverage at
          least comparable  to  that  currently  provided  pursuant  to the
          Insurance  Policies, provided that the Corporation shall have  no
          obligation to  provide  primary  coverage  in  excess  of  $_____
          million or excess coverage in excess of $_____ million.

                    (b)  The  Corporation shall not be required to purchase
          and maintain the Insurance Policies in effect if D&O Insurance is
          not reasonably available  or if, in the reasonable business judg-
          ment of the then directors  of  the  Corporation,  either (i) the
          premium  cost  for  such insurance is excessive in light  of  the
          amount of coverage or  (ii)  the coverage provided by such insur-
          ance  is  so limited by exclusions,  retentions,  deductibles  or
          otherwise that there is insufficient benefit from such insurance.

                    (c)  If  the Corporation does not purchase and maintain
          in effect the Insurance  Policies  pursuant  to the provisions of
          Section 4(b) hereof, the Corporation agrees to  hold harmless and
          indemnify  Indemnitee  to  the  full extent of the coverage  that
          would otherwise have been provided  for the benefit of Indemnitee
          pursuant to the Insurance Policies.

               5.   Additional Indemnity.

                    (a)  To the extent any Expenses  incurred by Indemnitee
          are  in excess of the amounts reimbursed or indemnified  pursuant
          to the  provisions  of  Section  4  hereof, the Corporation shall
          indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee  against any such Expenses
          actually  and  reasonably  incurred,  as they  are  incurred,  in
          connection  with  any  Claim  against Indemnitee  (whether  as  a
          subject of or party to, or a proposed or threatened subject of or
          party to, the Claim) or in which Indemnitee is involved solely as
          a witness or person required to  give  evidence, by reason of his
          position

                         (i)  as a director or officer of the Corporation

                         (ii) as a director or officer of any subsidiary of
          the Corporation or as a fiduciary with respect  to  any  employee
          benefit plan of the Corporation or

                         (iii) as a director, officer, employee or agent of
          another  corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or  other
          for profit  or  not  for  profit  entity  or  enterprise, if such
          position  is  or  was  held  at  the  request of the Corporation,
          whether relating to service in such position  before or after the
          effective  date  of  this  Agreement,  if  (i) the Indemnitee  is
          successful in his defense of the Claim on the merits or otherwise
          or  (ii)  the Indemnitee has been found by the  Determining  Body
          (acting in  good  faith)  to  have  met  the Standard of Conduct;
          provided  that  (a)  the  amount  of  Expenses  for   which   the
          Corporation  shall  indemnify  Indemnitee  may  be reduced by the
          Determining  Body  to  such  amount  as  it  deems proper  if  it
          determines in good faith that the Claim involved the receipt of a
          personal  benefit by Indemnitee and (b) no indemnification  shall
          be made in respect of any Claim as to which Indemnitee shall have
          been  adjudged  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  after
          exhaustion  of all appeals therefrom, to be liable for willful or
          intentional misconduct  in  the  performance  of  his duty to the
          Corporation  or  to  have obtained an improper personal  benefit,
          unless, and only to the extent that, a court shall determine upon
          application that, despite  the  adjudication  of liability but in
          view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee  is  fairly
          and  reasonably  entitled  to  indemnity for such Expenses as the
          court shall deem proper; and provided  further that, if the Claim
          involves Indemnitee by reason of his position  with  an entity or
          enterprise described in clause (ii) or (iii) of this Section 5(a)
          and if Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification with respect
          to such Claim from such entity or enterprise, Indemnitee shall be
          entitled to indemnification hereunder only (x) if he has  applied
          to such entity or enterprise for indemnification with respect  to
          the  Claim and (y) to the extent that indemnification to which he
          would  be  entitled  hereunder  but  for this proviso exceeds the
          indemnification paid by such other entity or enterprise.

                    (b)  For purposes of this Agreement,  the  Standard  of
          Conduct  is  met  when  conduct  by an Indemnitee with respect to
          which a Claim is asserted was conduct that he reasonably believed
          to  be  in,  or  not  opposed  to,  the  best   interest  of  the
          Corporation,  and,  in  the case of a Claim which is  a  criminal
          action  or  proceeding,  conduct   that  the  Indemnitee  had  no
          reasonable cause to believe was unlawful.  The termination of any
          Claim by judgment, order, settlement,  conviction, or upon a plea
          of  nolo  contendere  or its equivalent, shall  not,  of  itself,
          create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the Standard of
          Conduct.

                    (c)  Promptly  upon  becoming aware of the existence of
          any Claim, Indemnitee shall notify the Chief Executive Officer of
          the existence of the Claim, who shall promptly advise the members
          of the Board of Directors and that  establishing  the Determining
          Body  will be a matter presented at the next regularly  scheduled
          meeting  of  the  Board of Directors.  After the Determining Body
          has been established  the  Chief  Executive  Officer shall inform
          Indemnitee  thereof and Indemnitee shall immediately  notify  the
          Determining Body of all facts relevant to the Claim known to such
          Indemnitee.   Within  60  days  of the receipt of such notice and
          information,  together with such additional  information  as  the
          Determining Body  may request of Indemnitee, the Determining Body
          shall  report  to  Indemnitee   of   its   determination  whether
          Indemnitee has met the Standard of Conduct.  The Determining Body
          may  extend  the  period  of  time  for determining  whether  the
          Standard of Conduct has been met, but  in  no  event  shall  such
          period of time be extended beyond an additional sixty days.

                    (d)  If, after determining that the Standard of Conduct
          has  been met, the Determining Body obtains facts of which it was
          not aware at the time it made such determination, the Determining
          Body on  its own motion, after notifying Indemnitee and providing
          him an opportunity  to be heard, may, on the basis of such facts,
          revoke such determination,  provided  that,  in  the  absence  of
          actual  fraud by Indemnitee, no such revocation may be made later
          than thirty days after final disposition of the Claim.

                    (e)  Indemnitee  shall  promptly inform the Determining
          Body  upon  his  becoming  aware  of  any   relevant   facts  not
          theretofore  provided by him to the Determining Body, unless  the
          Determining Body has obtained such facts by other means.

                    (f)  In the case of any Claim not involving a proposed,
          threatened or pending criminal proceeding,

                         (i)  if Indemnitee has, in the good faith judgment
          of  the Determining  Body,  met  the  Standard  of  Conduct,  the
          Corporation   may,   in   its   sole   discretion,   assume   all
          responsibility  for  the defense of the Claim, and, in any event,
          the Corporation and Indemnitee each shall keep the other informed
          as to the progress of  the defense of the Claim, including prompt
          disclosure of any proposals  for settlement; provided that if the
          Corporation is a party to the  Claim  and  Indemnitee  reasonably
          determines that there is a conflict between the positions  of the
          Corporation  and  Indemnitee  with  respect  to  the  Claim, then
          Indemnitee shall be entitled to conduct his defense with  counsel
          of his choice; and provided further that Indemnitee shall in  any
          event  be entitled at his expense to employ counsel chosen by him
          to participate in the defense of the Claim; and

                         (ii) the  Corporation  shall  fairly  consider any
          proposals  by  Indemnitee  for settlement of the Claim.   If  the
          Corporation  proposes  a  settlement   of   the  Claim  and  such
          settlement is acceptable to the person asserting the Claim or the
          Corporation  believes  a  settlement  proposed  by   the   person
          asserting   the   Claim  should  be  accepted,  it  shall  inform
          Indemnitee of the terms of such proposed settlement and shall fix
          a  reasonable  date  by   which  Indemnitee  shall  respond.   If
          Indemnitee agrees to such terms,  he shall execute such documents
          as  shall  be  necessary  to  make  final   the  settlement.   If
          Indemnitee does not agree with such terms, Indemnitee may proceed
          with the defense of the Claim in any manner he  chooses, provided
          that if Indemnitee is not successful on the merits  or otherwise,
          the Corporation's obligation to indemnify such Indemnitee  as  to
          any Expenses incurred following his disagreement shall be limited
          to  the  lesser  of (A) the total Expenses incurred by Indemnitee
          following his decision  not  to agree to such proposed settlement
          or (B) the amount that the Corporation  would  have paid pursuant
          to  the  terms  of  the  proposed  settlement.  If, however,  the
          proposed settlement would impose upon  Indemnitee any requirement
          to  act  or refrain from acting that would  materially  interfere
          with the conduct  of  Indemnitee's  affairs,  Indemnitee shall be
          permitted to refuse such settlement and proceed  with the defense
          of the Claim, if he so desires, at the Corporation's  expense  in
          accordance  with  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this Agreement
          without  regard  to  the  limitations  imposed by the immediately
          preceding sentence.  In any event, the Corporation  shall  not be
          obligated  to  indemnify  Indemnitee  for  an  amount  paid  in a
          settlement that the Corporation has not approved.

                    (g)  In  the  case  of  a  Claim  involving a proposed,
          threatened  or pending criminal proceeding, Indemnitee  shall  be
          entitled to conduct  the  defense  of  the  Claim and to make all
          decisions  with  respect  thereto, with counsel  of  his  choice;
          provided that the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify
          Indemnitee for an amount paid  in settlement that the Corporation
          has not approved.

                    (h)  After notification  to  the Corporation of the ex-
          istence of a Claim, Indemnitee may from  time  to time request of
          the Chief Executive Officer or, if the Chief Executive Officer is
          a party to the Claim as to which indemnification is being sought,
          any officer who is not a party to the Claim and who is designated
          by the Chief Executive Officer (the "Disbursing  Officer"), which
          designation shall be made promptly after receipt of  the  initial
          request,  that the Corporation advance to Indemnitee the Expenses
          (other than  fines,  penalties,  judgments  or  amounts  paid  in
          settlement)  that  he  incurs  in pursuing a defense of the Claim
          prior to the time that the Determining  Body  determines  whether
          the  Standard  of  Conduct  has been met.  The Disbursing Officer
          shall  pay  to  Indemnitee the amount  requested  (regardless  of
          Indemnitee's apparent ability to repay the funds) upon receipt of
          an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay such amount
          if it shall ultimately  be  determined that he is not entitled to
          be  indemnified  by  the  Corporation  under  the  circumstances,
          provided that if the Disbursing  Officer  does  not  believe such
          amount  to  be reasonable, he shall advance the amount deemed  by
          him to be reasonable  and  Indemnitee  may  apply directly to the
          Determining Body for the remainder of the amount requested.

                    (i)  After a determination that the Standard of Conduct
          has  been  met,  for  so  long  as  and  to the extent  that  the
          Corporation  is  required  to  indemnify  Indemnitee  under  this
          Agreement,  the  provisions of Paragraph (h)  shall  continue  to
          apply with respect  to  Expenses  incurred after such time except
          that (i) no undertaking shall be required  of Indemnitee and (ii)
          the Disbursing Officer shall pay to Indemnitee  the amount of any
          fines, penalties or judgments against him which have become final
          for which the Corporation is obligated to indemnify  him  or  any
          amount of indemnification ordered to be paid to him by a court.

                    (j)  Any  determination by the Corporation with respect
          to settlement of a Claim shall be made by the Determining Body.

                    (k)  The  Corporation   and   Indemnitee   shall   keep
          confidential  to  the extent permitted by law and their fiduciary
          obligations all facts  and determinations provided pursuant to or
          arising  out  of  the  operation   of   this  Agreement  and  the
          Corporation and Indemnitee shall instruct  its  or his agents and
          employees to do likewise.

               6.   Enforcement.

                    (a)  The rights provided by this Agreement shall be en-
          forceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction.

                    (b)  If Indemnitee seeks a judicial adjudication of his
          rights  under,  or  to  recover  damages  for  breach  of,   this
          Agreement,  Indemnitee  shall  be  entitled  to  recover from the
          Corporation, and shall be indemnified by the Corporation against,
          any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred  by  him in
          connection with such proceeding, but only if he prevails therein.
          If  it shall be determined that Indemnitee is entitled to receive
          part  but  not all of the relief sought, then Indemnitee shall be
          entitled to  be  reimbursed  for  all Expenses incurred by him in
          connection with such proceeding if  the indemnification amount to
          which he is determined to be entitled  exceeds  50% of the amount
          of his claim.  Otherwise, the Expenses incurred by  Indemnitee in
          connection with such judicial adjudication shall be appropriately
          prorated.

                    (c)  In any judicial proceeding described in  this Sec-
          tion  6,  the  Corporation shall bear the burden of proving  that
          Indemnitee is not entitled to Expenses sought with respect to any
          Claim.

               7.   Saving  Clause.   If any provision of this Agreement is
          determined by a court having  jurisdiction over the matter to re-
          quire the Corporation to do or refrain from doing any act that is
          in violation of applicable law,  the  court shall be empowered to
          modify or reform such provision so that, as modified or reformed,
          such provision provides the maximum indemnification  permitted by
          law  and  such  provision,  as  so modified or reformed, and  the
          balance of this Agreement, shall  be  applied  in accordance with
          their terms.  Without limiting the generality of  the  foregoing,
          if  any  portion  of  this Agreement shall be invalidated on  any
          ground, the Corporation  shall  nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee
          to the full extent permitted by any  applicable  portion  of this
          Agreement  that  shall  not have been invalidated and to the full
          extent permitted by law with  respect  to  that  portion that has
          been invalidated.

               8.   Non-Exclusivity.

                    (a)  The   indemnification  and  payment  of   Expenses
          provided by or granted  pursuant  to  this Agreement shall not be
          deemed exclusive of any other rights to  which  Indemnitee  is or
          may  become entitled under any statute, article of incorporation,
          by-law,  authorization of shareholders or directors, agreement or
          otherwise.

                    (b)  It is the intent of the Corporation by this Agree-
          ment to indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest ex-
          tent permitted by law, so that if applicable law would permit the
          Corporation  to  provide  broader indemnification rights than are
          currently permitted, the Corporation  shall  indemnify  and  hold
          harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
          law  notwithstanding that the other terms of this Agreement would
          provide for lesser indemnification.

               9.   Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may be executed in any
          number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute the origi-
          nal.

               10.  Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall  be  governed  by
          and  construed  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the State of
          Louisiana.

               11.  Successors  and  Assigns.   This  Agreement  shall   be
          binding  upon Indemnitee and upon the Corporation, its successors
          and assigns,  and  shall  inure  to  the  benefit of Indemnitee's
          heirs, personal representatives, and assigns  and  to the benefit
          of the Corporation, its successors and assigns.

               12.  Amendment.  No amendment, modification, termination  or
          cancellation  of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in
          writing signed  by the Corporation and Indemnitee.  Notwithstand-
          ing any amendment  or modification to or termination or cancella-
          tion of this Agreement or any portion hereof, Indemnitee shall be
          entitled to indemnification  in  accordance  with  the provisions
          hereof with respect to any acts or omissions of Indemnitee  which
          occur  prior to such amendment, modification, termination or can-
          cellation.

               13.  Gender.   All  pronouns  and variations thereof used in
          this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed  to refer  to  the  masculine,
          feminine or neuter gender, singular or plural, as the identity of
          the person, persons, entity or entities refer to may require.

               IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties  hereto  have  caused  this
          Agreement  to be duly executed and signed as of the date and year
          first above written.


                                        GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.



                                        By:______________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Office:


                                        _________________________________
                                        Name:




                            GULF ISLAND FABRICATION, INC.
                              LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN,


               1.   Purpose.   The  purpose of the Long-Term Incentive Plan
          (the "Plan") of Gulf Island  Fabrication, Inc. ("Gulf Island") is
          to increase shareholder value  and  to  advance  the interests of
          Gulf Island and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") by
          furnishing  a  variety  of economic incentives (the "Incentives")
          designed  to  attract, retain  and  motivate  key  employees  and
          officers and to  strengthen  the  mutuality  of interests between
          such  employees  and  officers  and  Gulf Island's  shareholders.
          Incentives may consist of opportunities  to  purchase  or receive
          shares  of  common stock, no par value per share, of Gulf  Island
          (the "Common  Stock"),  on  terms  determined under the Plan.  As
          used in the Plan, the term "subsidiary"  means any corporation or
          entity of which Gulf Island owns (directly  or indirectly) within
          the  meaning of Section 425(f) of the Internal  Revenue  Code  of
          1986,  as amended (the "Code"), 50% or more of the total combined
          voting power of all classes of stock.

               2.   Administration.

                    2.1.  Composition.   The  Plan shall be administered by
               the compensation committee of the Board of Directors of Gulf
               Island (the "Committee").  The Committee  shall  consist  of
               not  fewer  than two members of the Board of Directors, each
               of whom shall (a) qualify as a "non-employee director" under
               Rule 16b-3 under  the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 (the
               "1934  Act"),  or any successor rule,  and  (b)  qualify  as
               "outside directors" under Section 162(m) of the Code.

                    2.2.  Authority.   The  Committee  shall  have  plenary
               authority to  award  Incentives under the Plan, to interpret
               the Plan, to establish  any rules or regulations relating to
               the Plan that it determines to be appropriate, to enter into
               agreements  with  participants   as  to  the  terms  of  the
               Incentives  (the "Incentive Agreements")  and  to  make  any
               other determination  that it believes necessary or advisable
               for the proper administration of the Plan.  Its decisions in
               matters relating to the  Plan  shall be final and conclusive
               on the Company and participants.  The Committee may delegate
               its authority hereunder to the extent  provided in Section 3
               hereof.   The  Committee shall not have authority  to  award
               Incentives under  the  Plan  to  directors  who are not also
               employees of the Company ("Outside Directors").

               3.   Eligible Participants.  Key employees and  officers  of
          the  Company  (including  officers who also serve as directors of
          the Company) and persons providing  services  as  consultants  or
          advisors   to  the  Company  shall  become  eligible  to  receive
          Incentives under  the  Plan  when  designated  by  the Committee.
          Employees  may  be  designated  individually  or  by  groups   or
          categories,  as the Committee deems appropriate.  With respect to
          participants not subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act or Section
          162(m) of the  Code,  the  Committee  may delegate to appropriate
          personnel of the Company its authority to designate participants,
          to determine the size and type of Incentives  to  be  received by
          those   participants  and  to  determine  or  modify  performance
          objectives for those participants.

               4.   Types  of  Incentives.  Incentives may be granted under
          the Plan to eligible participants  in any of the following forms,
          either  individually  or  in  combination,  (a)  incentive  stock
          options and non-qualified stock  options;  (b) stock appreciation
          rights ("SARs") (c) restricted stock; (d) performance shares; (e)
          stock awards; and (f) cash awards.

               5.   Shares Subject to the Plan.

                    5.1.  Number of Shares.   Subject  to   adjustment   as
               provided  in  Section  10.6,  a  total  of 500,000 shares of
               Common  Stock are authorized to be issued  under  the  Plan.
               Incentives  with  respect  to no more than 200,000 shares of
               Common Stock may be granted  through  the  Plan  to a single
               participant in one calendar year.  In the event that a stock
               option,  SAR or performance share granted hereunder  expires
               or is terminated  or cancelled prior to exercise or payment,
               any shares of Common Stock that were issuable thereunder may
               again be issued under the Plan.  In the event that shares of
               Common Stock are issued  as  Incentives  under  the Plan and
               thereafter  are  forfeited  or  reacquired  by  the  Company
               pursuant  to  rights  reserved  upon  issuance thereof, such
               forfeited and reacquired shares may again  be  issued  under
               the  Plan.   If  an  Incentive  is to be paid in cash by its
               terms,  the Committee need not make  a  deduction  from  the
               shares of  Common Stock issuable under the Plan with respect
               thereto.  If and to the extent that an Incentive may be paid
               in cash or shares  of  Common  Stock,  the  total  number of
               shares available for issuance hereunder shall be debited  by
               the  number of shares payable under such Incentive, provided
               that upon  any  payment  of all or part of such Incentive in
               cash,  the total number of  shares  available  for  issuance
               hereunder  shall  be credited with the appropriate number of
               shares represented by the cash payment, as determined in the
               sole discretion of  the  Committee.   Additional  rules  for
               determining  the number of shares granted under the Plan may
               be  made  by  the   Committee,  as  it  deems  necessary  or
               appropriate.

                    5.2. Type of Common  Stock.   Common Stock issued under
               the  Plan may be authorized and unissued  shares  or  issued
               shares held as treasury shares.

               6.   Stock  Options.   A stock option is a right to purchase
          shares of Common Stock from Gulf  Island.   Stock options granted
          under this Plan may be incentive stock options  or  non-qualified
          stock  options.  Any option that is designated as a non-qualified
          stock option  shall  not be treated as an incentive stock option.
          Each stock option granted  by the Committee under this Plan shall
          be subject to the following terms and conditions:

                    6.1. Price.  The exercise  price  per  share  shall  be
               determined  by  the  Committee,  subject to adjustment under
               Section 13.5; provided that in no  event  shall the exercise
               price  be  less  than the Fair Market Value of  a  share  of
               Common Stock on the date of grant.

                    6.2. Number.   The  number  of  shares  of Common Stock
               subject to the option shall be determined by the  Committee,
               subject to Section 5.1 and subject to adjustment as provided
               in Section 13.5.

                    6.3.   Duration and Time for Exercise.    Subject    to
               earlier termination as provided in Section 13.3, the term of
               each  stock  option  shall  be  determined by the Committee.
               Subject  to Section 13.11, each stock  option  shall  become
               exercisable  at  such time or times during its term as shall
               be  determined  by  the   Committee.    Notwithstanding  the
               foregoing,  the Committee may accelerate the  exercisability
               of  any stock  option  at  any  time,  in  addition  to  the
               automatic acceleration of stock options under Section 13.11.

                    6.4.  Repurchase.   Upon approval of the Committee, the
               Company  may repurchase a previously  granted  stock  option
               from a participant  by  mutual  agreement before such option
               has  been exercised by payment to  the  participant  of  the
               amount  per  share  by which:  (i) the Fair Market Value (as
               defined in Section 13.12) of the Common Stock subject to the
               option on the business day immediately preceding the date of
               purchase exceeds (ii) the exercise price.

                    6.5.  Manner  of  Exercise.   A  stock  option  may  be
               exercised, in whole or in  part, by giving written notice to
               the Company, specifying the number of shares of Common Stock
               to be purchased.  The exercise  notice  shall be accompanied
               by  the  full  purchase price for such shares.   The  option
               price shall be payable  in  United States dollars and may be
               paid by (a) cash; (b) uncertified  or  certified  check; (c)
               unless otherwise determined by the Committee, by delivery of
               shares of Common Stock held by the optionee for at least six
               months, which shares shall be valued for this purpose at the
               Fair  Market Value on the business day immediately preceding
               the date  such  option  is  exercised;  (d)  by delivering a
               properly executed exercise notice together with  irrevocable
               instructions  to  a  broker approved by Gulf Island (with  a
               copy to Gulf Island) to  promptly deliver to Gulf Island the
               amount of sale or loan proceeds  to  pay the exercise price;
               (e) in such other manner as may be authorized  from  time to
               time  by  the  Committee.   In  the  case  of delivery of an
               uncertified check upon exercise of a stock option, no shares
               shall  be  issued  until  the check has been paid  in  full.
               Prior to the issuance of shares  of  Common  Stock  upon the
               exercise  of  a  stock  option, a participant shall have  no
               rights as a shareholder.

                    6.6. Incentive Stock Options.  Notwithstanding anything
               in  the  Plan  to  the contrary,  the  following  additional
               provisions shall apply  to  the  grant of stock options that
               are intended to qualify as Incentive  Stock Options (as such
               term is defined in Section 422 of the Code):

                         (a)   Any   Incentive   Stock   Option   agreement
                    authorized  under  the  Plan shall contain  such  other
                    provisions as the Committee  shall  deem advisable, but
                    shall in all events be consistent with  and  contain or
                    be  deemed to contain all provisions required in  order
                    to qualify the options as Incentive Stock Options.

                         (b)  All  Incentive  Stock Options must be granted
                    within ten years from the date  on  which  this Plan is
                    adopted by the Board of Directors.

                         (c)  Unless sooner exercised, all Incentive  Stock
                    Options shall  expire no later than ten years after the
                    date of grant.

                         (d) No Incentive Stock Options shall be granted to
                    any  participant  who,  at  the  time  such  option  is
                    granted,  would  own (within the meaning of Section 422
                    of the Code) stock  possessing  more  than  10%  of the
                    total combined voting power of all classes of stock  of
                    the employer corporation or of its parent or subsidiary
                    corporation.

                         (e)  The  aggregate  Fair Market Value (determined
                    with respect to each Incentive  Stock  Option as of the
                    time  such  Incentive Stock Option is granted)  of  the
                    Common Stock  with  respect  to  which  Incentive Stock
                    Options  are  exercisable  for  the  first  time  by  a
                    participant during any calendar year (under the Plan or
                    any   other   plan   of  Gulf  Island  or  any  of  its
                    subsidiaries) shall not exceed $100,000.  To the extent
                    that such limitation is  exceeded,  such  options shall
                    not  be  treated,  for federal income tax purposes,  as
                    Incentive Stock Options.

               7.   Restricted Stock.

                    7.1.  Grant of Restricted  Stock.   The  Committee  may
               award shares  of  restricted  stock to such officers and key
               employees as the Committee determines  pursuant to the terms
               of Section 3.  An award of restricted stock  may  be subject
               to the attainment of specified performance goals or targets,
               restrictions on transfer, forfeitability provisions and such
               other  terms  and conditions as the Committee may determine,
               subject to the  provisions  of  the  Plan.   To  the  extent
               restricted stock is intended to qualify as performance based
               compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, it must  meet
               the additional requirements imposed thereby.

                    7.2.  The  Restricted  Period.  At the time an award of
               restricted stock is made, the  Committee  shall  establish a
               period  of  time during which the transfer of the shares  of
               restricted  stock   shall  be  restricted  (the  "Restricted
               Period").  The Restricted Period shall be a minimum of three
               years,  except  that  if   the  vesting  of  the  shares  of
               Restricted Stock is based upon the attainment of performance
               goals, a minimum Restricted Period of one year is permitted.
               Each  award  of  restricted  stock   may  have  a  different
               Restricted Period.  The expiration of  the Restricted Period
               shall also occur as provided under Section  13.3  and  under
               the conditions described in Section 13.11 hereof.

                    7.3.  Escrow.   The  participant  receiving  restricted
               stock  shall  enter  into  an  Incentive Agreement with  the
               Company  setting  forth  the  conditions   of   the   grant.
               Certificates  representing  shares of restricted stock shall
               be registered in the name of  the  participant and deposited
               with the Company, together with a stock  power  endorsed  in
               blank  by the participant.  Each such certificate shall bear
               a legend in substantially the following form:

                    The  transferability  of  this certificate and the
                    shares  of  Common  Stock represented  by  it  are
                    subject  to the terms  and  conditions  (including
                    conditions  of  forfeiture)  contained in the Gulf
                    Island Fabrication, Inc. Long-Term  Incentive Plan
                    (the  "Plan"),  and  an  agreement  entered   into
                    between  the  registered  owner  and  Gulf  Island
                    Fabrication, Inc. thereunder.  Copies of the  Plan
                    and  the  agreement  are  on file at the principal
                    office of the Company.

                    7.4. Dividends on Restricted  Stock.   Any and all cash
               and  stock  dividends  paid  with respect to the  shares  of
               restricted stock shall be subject  to  any  restrictions  on
               transfer,    forfeitability   provisions   or   reinvestment
               requirements  as  the  Committee  may,  in  its  discretion,
               prescribe in the Incentive Agreement.

                    7.5. Forfeiture.  In the event of the forfeiture of any
               shares of restricted  stock  under the terms provided in the
               Incentive  Agreement (including  any  additional  shares  of
               restricted stock  that  may  result from the reinvestment of
               cash and stock dividends, if so  provided  in  the Incentive
               Agreement),  such forfeited shares shall be surrendered  and
               the certificates cancelled.  The participants shall have the
               same rights and  privileges,  and  be  subject  to  the same
               forfeiture provisions, with respect to any additional shares
               received pursuant to Section 13.5 due to a recapitalization,
               merger or other change in capitalization.

                    7.6.   Expiration   of  Restricted  Period.   Upon  the
               expiration or termination  of  the Restricted Period and the
               satisfaction  of  any  other conditions  prescribed  by  the
               Committee or at such earlier time as provided for in Section
               7.2 and in the Incentive  Agreement or an amendment thereto,
               the restrictions applicable  to  the  restricted stock shall
               lapse and a stock certificate for the number  of  shares  of
               restricted stock with respect to which the restrictions have
               lapsed shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions and
               legends,  except  any  that  may  be  imposed by law, to the
               participant or the participant's estate, as the case may be.

                    7.7. Rights as a Shareholder.  Subject to the terms and
               conditions  of the Plan and subject to any  restrictions  on
               the  receipt  of  dividends  that  may  be  imposed  in  the
               Incentive Agreement,  each  participant receiving restricted
               stock  shall  have  all the rights  of  a  shareholder  with
               respect to shares of  stock  during any period in which such
               shares  are  subject  to  forfeiture   and  restrictions  on
               transfer, including without limitation,  the  right  to vote
               any shares of voting Common Stock.

               8.   Stock  Appreciation  Rights.   A  SAR  is  a  right  to
          receive,  without  payment  to the Company, a number of shares of
          Common  Stock, cash or any combination  thereof,  the  amount  of
          which is  determined pursuant to the formula set forth in Section
          8.4.  A SAR  may  be granted (a) with respect to any stock option
          granted under the Plan,  either  concurrently  with  the grant of
          such  stock  option  or at such later time as determined  by  the
          Committee (as to all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock
          subject to the stock option),  or (b) alone, without reference to
          any related stock option.  Each  SAR  granted  by  the  Committee
          under  the  Plan  shall  be  subject  to  the following terms and
          conditions:

                    8.1. Number.  Each SAR granted to any participant shall
               relate to such number of shares of Common  Stock as shall be
               determined  by  the  Committee, subject to Section  5.1  and
               subject to adjustment  as  provided in Section 13.5.  In the
               case of a SAR granted with respect  to  a  stock option, the
               number of shares of Common Stock to which the  SAR  pertains
               shall  be reduced in the same proportion that the holder  of
               the option exercises the related stock option.

                    8.2.  Duration  and  Time  for  Exercise.   Subject  to
               Section 13.11, the term and exercisability of each SAR shall
               be  determined  by the Committee.  Unless otherwise provided
               by the Committee in the Incentive Agreement, each SAR issued
               in connection with  a  stock option shall become exercisable
               at the same time or times,  to  the same extent and upon the
               same    conditions    as    the   related   stock    option.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the  Committee  may  in  its
               discretion  accelerate  the exercisability of any SAR at any
               time in addition to automatic  acceleration  of  SARs  under
               Section 13.11.

                    8.3. Exercise.  A SAR may be exercised, in whole or  in
               part,  by  giving  written notice to the Company, specifying
               the number of SARs that  the holder wishes to exercise.  The
               Company  shall,  within 30 days  of  receipt  of  notice  of
               exercise by the Company,  deliver  to  the exercising holder
               certificates for the shares of Common Stock or cash or both,
               as  determined  by  the Committee, to which  the  holder  is
               entitled pursuant to Section 8.4.

                    8.4. Payment.  Subject to the right of the Committee to
               deliver cash in lieu  of  shares of Common Stock, the number
               of shares of Common Stock that  shall  be  issuable upon the
               exercise of an SAR shall be determined by dividing:

                         (a)  the number of shares of Common  Stock  as  to
                    which the SAR  is  exercised  multiplied  by the dollar
                    amount  of  the  appreciation in such shares (for  this
                    purpose, the "appreciation"  shall  be  the  amount  by
                    which  the  Fair  Market  Value of the shares of Common
                    Stock subject to the SAR on  the  Exercise Date exceeds
                    (1) in the case of a SAR related to a stock option, the
                    purchase price of the shares of Common  Stock under the
                    stock option or (2) in the case of a SAR granted alone,
                    without reference to a related stock option,  an amount
                    equal  to  the  Fair  Market Value of a share of Common
                    Stock on the date of grant,  which  shall be determined
                    by  the  Committee  at  the time of grant,  subject  to
                    adjustment under Section 13.5); by

                         (b) the Fair Market  Value  of  a  share of Common
                    Stock on the Exercise Date.

                    In  lieu  of  issuing shares of Common Stock  upon  the
               exercise of a SAR, the Committee may elect to pay the holder
               of the SAR cash equal  to  the  Fair  Market  Value  on  the
               Exercise  Date  of  any  or  all  of  the shares which would
               otherwise be issuable.  No fractional shares of Common Stock
               shall  be issued upon the exercise of a  SAR;  instead,  the
               holder of  a  SAR  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  a  cash
               adjustment  equal  to  the  same fraction of the Fair Market
               Value of a share of Common Stock  on the Exercise Date or to
               purchase the portion necessary to make  a whole share at its
               Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date.

               9.   Performance Shares.  A performance share consists of an
          award that may be paid in shares of Common Stock  or  in cash, as
          described  below.   The  award  of  performance  shares shall  be
          subject  to  such  terms  and  conditions as the Committee  deems
          appropriate.

                    9.1. Performance Objectives.   Each  performance  share
               will be subject to performance objectives for Gulf Island or
               one  of  its  subsidiaries,  divisions  or departments to be
               achieved by the end of a specified period.   The  number  of
               performance  shares  awarded  shall  be  determined  by  the
               Committee and may be subject to such terms and conditions as
               the Committee shall determine. If the performance objectives
               are  achieved, each participant will be paid (a) a number of
               shares  of  Common  Stock equal to the number of performance
               shares initially granted  to  that  participant;  (b) a cash
               payment  equal  to  the Fair Market Value of such number  of
               shares  of  Common  Stock   on   the  date  the  performance
               objectives are met or such other date  as may be provided by
               the Committee or (c) a combination of shares of Common Stock
               and  cash,  as  may be provided by the Committee.   If  such
               objectives are not met, each award of performance shares may
               provide  for lesser  payments  in  accordance  with  a  pre-
               established  formula  set  forth in the Incentive Agreement.
               To the extent a performance  share is intended to qualify as
               performance based compensation  under  Section 162(m) of the
               Code,  it  must  meet  the  additional requirements  imposed
               thereby.

                    9.2.  Not  a Shareholder.   The  award  of  performance
               shares to a participant  shall not create any rights in such
               participant  as a shareholder  of  the  Company,  until  the
               payment of shares  of Common Stock with respect to an award,
               at which time such stock  shall  be  considered  issued  and
               outstanding.

                    9.3. Dividend Equivalent Payments.  A performance share
               award  may  be  granted by the Committee in conjunction with
               dividend equivalent  payment  rights  or  other such rights.
               Dividend equivalent payments may be made to  the participant
               at  the time of the payment of the dividend or  issuance  of
               the other  right  or at the end of the specified performance
               period  or  may  be deemed  to  be  invested  in  additional
               performance shares  at  the  Fair Market Value of a share of
               Common  Stock  on the date of payment  of  the  dividend  or
               issuance of the right.

               10. Stock Awards.  A stock award consists of the transfer by
               the Company to a  participant  of  shares  of  Common Stock,
               without  other payment therefore, as additional compensation
               for services previously provided to the Company.  The number
               of shares  to be transferred by the Company to a participant
               pursuant to  a  stock  award  shall  be  determined  by  the
               Committee.

               11.  Cash  Awards.   A  cash  award  consists  of a monetary
               payment  made by the Company to a participant as  additional
               compensation  for his services to the Company.  Payment of a
               cash award may  relate to the tax liability of a participant
               in connection with  the  grant,  exercise,  or payment of an
               Incentive  or  may  depend  on  achievement  of  performance
               objectives by the Company or by individuals.  The  amount of
               any  monetary  payment  constituting  a cash award shall  be
               determined  by the Committee in its sole  discretion.   Cash
               awards may be  subject  to other terms and conditions, which
               may  vary  from  time to time  among  participants,  as  the
               Committee determines to be appropriate.

               12.  General.

                    12.1. Duration.   Subject  to  Section  13.10, the Plan
               shall  remain  in effect until all Incentives granted  under
               the Plan have either  been  satisfied  by  the  issuance  of
               shares  of  Common  Stock  or  the  payment  of cash or been
               terminated under the terms of the Plan and all  restrictions
               imposed  on shares of Common Stock in connection with  their
               issuance under the Plan have lapsed.

                    12.2. Transferability of Incentives.  Options, SARs and
               performance  shares  granted  under  the  Plan  shall not be
               transferred,  pledged,  assigned or otherwise encumbered  by
               the holder thereof except:  (a)  by will; (b) by the laws of
               descent  and  distribution;  or  (c) in  the  case  of  non-
               qualified stock options only, (i)  pursuant  to  a  domestic
               relations order, as defined in the Code, if permitted by the
               Committee and so provided in the Incentive Agreement  or  an
               amendment   thereto,   to   family   members,  to  a  family
               partnership,  to a family limited liability  company,  to  a
               trust for the benefit  of  family  members.   Any  attempted
               assignment,   transfer,   pledge,   hypothecation  or  other
               disposition  of  an  Incentive,  or levy  of  attachment  or
               similar   process  upon  the  Incentive   not   specifically
               permitted herein, shall be null and void and without effect.

                    12.3.  Effect  of  Termination  of Employment or Death.
               Except as provided in Section 12.4 with  respect  to Outside
               Directors, in the event that a participant ceases to  be  an
               employee  of  the  Company  for any reason, including death,
               disability,  early  retirement  or  normal  retirement,  any
               Incentives may be exercised,  shall  vest or shall expire at
               such  times  as may be determined by the  Committee  in  the
               Incentive Agreement.   The  Committee has complete authority
               to modify the treatment of an  Incentive  in  the  event  of
               termination  of  employment  of a participant by means of an
               amendment  to  the  Incentive  Agreement.   Consent  of  the
               participant  to  the  modification is required only  if  the
               modification impairs the  rights  previously provided to the
               participant in the Incentive Agreement.

                    12.4. Additional Condition.  Anything  in  this Plan to
               the  contrary notwithstanding:  (a) the Company may,  if  it
               shall determine it necessary or desirable for any reason, at
               the time  of  award  of any Incentive or the issuance of any
               shares of Common Stock  pursuant  to  any Incentive, require
               the  recipient  of  the  Incentive,  as a condition  to  the
               receipt thereof or to the receipt of shares  of Common Stock
               issued pursuant thereto, to deliver to the Company a written
               representation of present intention to acquire the Incentive
               or  the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant  thereto  for
               his own account for investment and not for distribution; and
               (b) if  at  any  time the Company further determines, in its
               sole  discretion,  that   the   listing,   registration   or
               qualification  (or any updating of any such document) of any
               Incentive or the  shares  of  Common Stock issuable pursuant
               thereto is necessary on any securities exchange or under any
               federal or state securities or  blue  sky  law,  or that the
               consent or approval of any governmental regulatory  body  is
               necessary  or  desirable as a condition of, or in connection
               with the award of  any  Incentive, the issuance of shares of
               Common  Stock  pursuant  thereto,  or  the  removal  of  any
               restrictions imposed on such  shares,  such  Incentive shall
               not be awarded or such shares of Common Stock  shall  not be
               issued  or  such  restrictions  shall not be removed, as the
               case  may  be,  in whole or in part,  unless  such  listing,
               registration, qualification,  consent or approval shall have
               been  effected  or  obtained  free  of  any  conditions  not
               acceptable to the Company.

                    12.5.    Adjustment.  In    the     event     of    any
               recapitalization,  stock  dividend, stock split, combination
               of shares or other change in the Common Stock, the number of
               shares of Common Stock then  subject  to the Plan, including
               shares subject to outstanding Incentives,  shall be adjusted
               in proportion to the change in outstanding shares  of Common
               Stock.   In  the event of any such adjustments, the purchase
               price  of any option,  the  performance  objectives  of  any
               Incentive,  and the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant
               to any Incentive  shall  be  adjusted  as  and to the extent
               appropriate, in the reasonable discretion of  the Committee,
               to provide participants with the same relative rights before
               and after such adjustment.

                    12.6.   Incentive   Agreements.   The  terms  of   each
               Incentive shall be stated  in  an  agreement approved by the
               Committee.  The Committee may also determine  to  enter into
               agreements with holders of options to reclassify or  convert
               certain  outstanding  options, within the terms of the Plan,
               as  Incentive  Stock  Options   or  as  non-qualified  stock
               options.

                    12.7. Withholding. 

                         (a) The Company shall have  the  right to withhold
                    from any payments made under the Plan or  to collect as
                    a condition of payment, any taxes required by law to be
                    withheld.   At any time that a participant is  required
                    to pay to the Company an amount required to be withheld
                    under applicable income tax laws in connection with the
                    issuance of Common  Stock, the lapse of restrictions on
                    Common  Stock  or  the  exercise   of  an  option,  the
                    participant  may,  subject  to  the  approval   of  the
                    Committee, satisfy this obligation in whole or in  part
                    by  electing  (the  "Election")  to  have  the  Company
                    withhold shares of Common Stock having a value equal to
                    the  amount required to be withheld.  The value of  the
                    shares to be withheld shall be based on the Fair Market
                    Value  of  the Common Stock on the date that the amount
                    of tax to be withheld shall be determined ("Tax Date").

                         (b) Each  Election  must  be made prior to the Tax
                    Date.  The Committee may disapprove  of  any  Election,
                    may  suspend  or terminate the right to make Elections,
                    or may provide  with  respect to any Incentive that the
                    right  to  make  Elections  shall  not  apply  to  such
                    Incentive.  If a participant  makes  an  election under
                    Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect
                    to  shares  of  restricted  stock, an Election  is  not
                    permitted to be made.

                    12.8. No Continued Employment.   No  participant  under
               the  Plan  shall  have any right, because of his or her par-
               ticipation, to continue in the employ of the Company for any
               period of time or to  any  right  to  continue  his  or  her
               present or any other rate of compensation.

                    12.9.   Deferral   Permitted.    Payment   of  cash  or
               distribution  of  any  shares  of  Common  Stock to which  a
               participant is entitled under any Incentive shall be made as
               provided  in  the  Incentive  Agreement.   Payment   may  be
               deferred at the option of the participant if provided in the
               Incentive Agreement.

                    12.10.  Amendment of the Plan.  The Board may amend  or
               discontinue the Plan at any time.  In addition, no amendment
               or discontinuance  shall,  subject  to adjustments permitted
               under Section 12.5, change or impair, without the consent of
               the recipient, an Incentive previously  granted, except that
               the Company retains the right to (a) convert any outstanding
               Incentive Stock Option to a non-qualified  stock option, (b)
               require  the  forfeiture of an Incentive if a  participant's
               employment is terminated  for  cause,  and  (c) exercise all
               rights under Section 13.11.

                    12.11. Change of Control.

                         (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the  contrary  in
                    the Plan or any related Incentive Agreement, if

                              (1.)  Gulf  Island shall not be the surviving
                         entity  in  any  merger,  consolidation  or  other
                         reorganization (or  survives  only as a subsidiary
                         of an entity other than a previously  wholly-owned
                         subsidiary of the Company),

                              (2.)  the Company sells, leases or  exchanges
                         all or substantially  all  of  its  assets  to any
                         other  person or entity (other than a wholly-owned
                         subsidiary of the Company),

                              (3.)  Gulf  Island  is  to  be  dissolved  or
                         liquidated,

                              (4.)   any  person  or  entity,  including  a
                         "group" as contemplated by section 13(d)(3) of the
                         1934 Act (other  than  an employee benefit plan of
                         the Company or a related  trust and other than any
                         person who as of the date of adoption of this Plan
                         owned more than 30% of the  outstanding  shares of
                         Gulf  Island's  voting  stock)  acquires  or gains
                         ownership    or    control   (including,   without
                         limitation, power to vote) of more than 30% of the
                         outstanding shares of  Gulf Island's voting stock,
                         or

                              (5.) as a result of  or  in connection with a
                         contested election of directors,  the  persons who
                         were directors of Gulf Island before such election
                         shall cease to constitute a majority of  the Board
                         of  Directors  of Gulf Island (each such event  is
                         referred to herein as a "Corporate Change"),

                    then upon the approval  by  the  Board  of Directors of
                    Gulf  Island  of  any  Corporate  Change  of  the  type
                    described  in  clauses  (a)(1.)  to  (a)(3.) or upon  a
                    Corporate  Change  described  in  clauses   (a)(4.)  or
                    (a)(5.),   all   outstanding  options  and  SARs  shall
                    automatically    become    fully    exercisable,    all
                    restrictions or limitations  on  any  Incentives  shall
                    lapse and all performance criteria and other conditions
                    relating  to  the payment of Incentives shall be deemed
                    to be achieved  or  waived  by the Company, without the
                    necessity of any action by any person.

                         (b) In addition, no later  than (i.) 30 days after
                    the approval by the Board of Directors  of  Gulf Island
                    of  any  Corporate  Change  of  the  type described  in
                    clauses  (a)(1.) to (a)(3.) or (ii.) 30  days  after  a
                    Corporate  Change  of  the  type  described  in clauses
                    (a)(4.)  or (a)(5.), the Committee, acting in its  sole
                    discretion  without  the  consent  or  approval  of any
                    participant   (and   notwithstanding   any  removal  or
                    attempted removal of some or all of the members thereof
                    as directors or committee members), may  act  to effect
                    one  or  more of the following alternatives, which  may
                    vary among  individual  participants and which may vary
                    among Incentives held by any individual participant:

                              (1.)  require that  all  outstanding  options
                         and/or SARs  be exercised on or before a specified
                         date (before or after such Corporate Change) fixed
                         by the Committee,  after  which specified date all
                         unexercised options and SARs  and  all  rights  of
                         participants thereunder shall terminate,

                              (2.) provide for mandatory conversion of some
                         or all of the outstanding options and SARs held by
                         some  or  all participants as of a date, before or
                         after such  Corporate  Change,  specified  by  the
                         Committee,  in  which  event such options and SARs
                         shall be deemed automatically  cancelled  and  the
                         Company  shall  pay,  or cause to be paid, to each
                         such participant an amount of cash per share equal
                         to the excess, if any,  of  the  Change of Control
                         Value of the shares subject to such option or SAR,
                         as defined and calculated below, over the exercise
                         price(s) of such options or SARs,  or,  in lieu of
                         such  cash  payment, the issuance of Common  Stock
                         having a Fair Market Value equal to such excess,

                              (3.)  make   such  equitable  adjustments  to
                         Incentives then outstanding as the Committee deems
                         appropriate  to  reflect   such  Corporate  Change
                         (provided,   however,  that  the   Committee   may
                         determine  in  its   sole   discretion   that   no
                         adjustment   is   necessary   to  Incentives  then
                         outstanding) or

                                (4.)  provide  that  thereafter   upon  any
                         exercise  of  an option or SAR theretofore granted
                         the participant  shall  be  entitled  to  purchase
                         under such option or SAR, in lieu of the number of
                         shares of Common Stock then covered by such option
                         or SAR, the number and class of shares of stock or
                         other  securities  or property (including, without
                         limitation, cash) to  which  the participant would
                         have been entitled pursuant to  the  terms  of the
                         agreement providing for the merger, consolidation,
                         asset  sale, dissolution or other Corporate Change
                         of the type described in clause (a)(1.) to (a)(3.)
                         above, if,  immediately  prior  to  such Corporate
                         Change,  the  participant had been the  holder  of
                         record of the number  of  shares  of  Common Stock
                         then covered by such options or SARs.

                         (c) For the purposes of clause B.(ii))  above, the
                    "Change  of  Control  Value"  shall  equal  the  amount
                    determined  by  whichever  of  the  following  items is
                    applicable:

                              (1.)   the   per   share   price  offered  to
                         shareholders  of Gulf Island in any  such  merger,
                         consolidation or  other reorganization, determined
                         as  of  the  date  of  the   definitive  agreement
                         providing for such transaction,

                              (2.)   the   price  per  share   offered   to
                         shareholders of Gulf Island in any tender offer or
                         exchange offer whereby  a  Corporate  Change takes
                         place, or

                                (3.)  in all other events, the Fair  Market
                         Value per share  of  Common  Stock into which such
                         options or SARs being converted  are  exercisable,
                         as  determined  by  the  Committee as of the  date
                         determined by the Committee  to  be  the  date  of
                         conversion of such options or SARs.

                         (d) In the event that the consideration offered to
                    shareholders   of   Gulf   Island  in  any  transaction
                    described herein consists of  anything other than cash,
                    the Committee shall determine the  fair cash equivalent
                    of the portion of the consideration  offered  which  is
                    other than cash.

                    12.12. Definition of Fair Market Value.  Whenever "Fair
               Market  Value"  of Common Stock shall be determined for pur-
               poses of this Plan,  it  shall be determined as follows: (i)
               if  the  Common  Stock is listed  on  an  established  stock
               exchange or any automated  quotation  system  that  provides
               sale  quotations, the closing sale price for a share of  the
               Common  Stock  on  such  exchange or quotation system on the
               applicable date, or if no  sale  of  the  Common Stock shall
               have  been  made on that day, on the next preceding  day  on
               which there was  a  sale  of  the  Common Stock; (ii) if the
               Common  Stock  is  not listed on any exchange  or  quotation
               system, but bid and  asked  prices are quoted and published,
               the mean between the quoted bid  and  asked  prices  on  the
               applicable  date,  and  if  bid  and  asked  prices  are not
               available  on  such  day, on the next preceding day on which
               such prices were available; and (iii) if the Common Stock is
               not regularly quoted,  the  fair  market value of a share of
               Common Stock on the applicable date  as  established  by the
               Committee in good faith.


          Adopted by the Board of Directors: _______________

          Approved by the Shareholders: _______________


                                         



                                                               EXHIBIT 21.1

                            SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT



          Dolphin Services, Inc.
          Dolphin Steel Sales, Inc.
          Dolphin Sales and Rentals, Inc.

         



                                                               EXHIBIT 23.1

                          CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

          We  hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part
       of this  Registration  Statement  on Form S-1 of our report dated
       January 23, 1997, except for the third paragraph of Note 1 and
       the second paragraph of Note 9 which are as of February 13, 1997 
       and the  third paragraph  of Note 9 which  is  as  of  February  
       14,  1997, relating to the financial statements of Gulf Island 
       Fabrication,  Inc.,  which  appears  in such  Prospectus.  
       We also  consent to the application of such report to the Financial
       Statement  Schedule  for  the three years ended December 31, 1996
       listed under Item 16(b) of  this Registration Statement when such
       schedule is read in conjunction  with  the  financial  statements
       referred to in our report on the aforementioned financial statements
       of Gulf Island Fabrication, Inc.  The audits referred to in such 
       report also include this schedule. We also consent to the use of
       our report dated January 23, 1997 relating to the combined financial
       statements of Dolphin Services, Inc., Dolphin Sales and Rentals, Inc.
       and Dolphin Steel Sales, Inc. which appears in such Prospectus. We also 
       consent to the reference to us under the headings "Experts" in  such
       Prospectus.  
          

       PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP

       New Orleans, Louisiana
       February 14, 1997

         



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION FORM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS FOR THE PERIOD ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                       1,357,232
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                               13,484,414
<ALLOWANCES>                                     4,320
<INVENTORY>                                  1,112,913
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            17,756,362
<PP&E>                                      28,439,832
<DEPRECIATION>                              10,705,190
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              35,908,764
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                        6,754,220
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                     1,000,000
<OTHER-SE>                                  22,497,402
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                35,908,764
<SALES>                                     79,004,536
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            79,004,536
<CGS>                                       68,672,909
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               70,834,257
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               883,814
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             383,814
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              7,286,465
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                 7,286,465
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission